TW530050B - Halogenating agents, preparation process of said halogenating agents and process for preparing halogen compounds with said halogenating agents - Google Patents

Halogenating agents, preparation process of said halogenating agents and process for preparing halogen compounds with said halogenating agents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW530050B
TW530050B TW87112857A TW87112857A TW530050B TW 530050 B TW530050 B TW 530050B TW 87112857 A TW87112857 A TW 87112857A TW 87112857 A TW87112857 A TW 87112857A TW 530050 B TW530050 B TW 530050B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
chemical formula
represented
same
reaction
patent application
Prior art date
Application number
TW87112857A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Hiroshi Sonoda
Kazunari Okada
Akira Takahashi
Kouki Fukumura
Hidetoshi Hayashi
Original Assignee
Mitsui Chemicals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsui Chemicals Inc filed Critical Mitsui Chemicals Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW530050B publication Critical patent/TW530050B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Paper (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a fluorinating agent represented by the general formula (1): wherein R1 to R4 are a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and can be the same or different; R1 and R2 or R3 and R4 can bond to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other hetero atoms; or R1 and R3 can bond to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other hetero atoms, for example: a preparation process of the fluorinating agent and a process for preparing fluorine compounds by reacting various compounds with the fluorinating agent. The invention has also disclosed that the fluorinating agent is very effective for fluorinating oxygen containing functional compounds.

Description

530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( r η L發明 -<i 本發, V X 客 Π P -½ I ea m ^ ^.·ν·η λ*.·, -^L·. m ηι βί \M fb m λ: 三:二·」二 m, 口!J _ 茶 1¾ 领域】 /--:·. 穿 $ 4_-人 碌關R 4-U 各 4-.-. fti _ i又 z-r::·: λ 1.^ m !b .1 ! „r.: :々:r? rc _謂530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (r η L invention- < i present, VX guest Π P -½ I ea m ^ ^. · Ν · η λ *. ·,-^ L ·. M ηι βί \ M fb m λ: three: two · "two m, mouth! J _ tea 1¾ field] /-: ·. wear $ 4_-person Luguan R 4-U each 4 -.-. fti _ i again zr :: ·: Λ 1. ^ m! B .1! „R .:: 々: r? Rc _predicate

有霞ib合·物之_化 乂 b的方法。一般可使攝_ ,ϊ f^; -r-V^i /* 5l.£-L -rfc- 丁十 ,! /、, ;εΐ.·‘ χ-? ΠΤΠ? iW— U: 1¾ ' m ^ ~ m 1u "a W ' 國:茶—鐵 ID tT :W /:1 m X Υ~λ· t \ ·rf*x ΐ •^Λτ* a r—;, t—ΐ 一:二一 .—·:―«· ^ j*-. r t > r —.—T —i >.ΐ s—: -H ° rtn 5 K]寺彻箅具有咼属_ ΐϊ.获毐枉 5 _fi. :H 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 多半需要特_的設備及技術M操作此等試謂。因此,鑑於 -£-·.//-.. Lr; .-^τ-* l·— rr·^ ·—、一:. A r i·*. t~7 i"•一r ϊτΖτ^ x.~;r. xl·: f 丄·./:· ^ :c:^:: . —· /\ z.t.; *rrr 深忭_谷芴度、女芏1Ξ .反反愿K > Μ K合徑園ID謂的餅% _展已持續至今。尤其係在氟化合物之製嚮上,氟化爾一 Αγϊ —r一 --— Xi-:' zn. nλ. ί—t J \ 丄rt 3ΐ·ν λ -u- nr* ΐ~- /? 疒― tm.r zrarr cr? —Λ- *zirr M TO g tS S )B瞧;:;四FG * t日敷歡兴腿圖ID汉愿商安兵月史 高程度之特雜設備及技衛 5 且亦將造成較高的經濟負擔。 ~;ίΤΐ ί;- r-r ΓΤΊ Λ !二二 f\ Γ~^Τ TilS^ .」一 £l:ZT ΙΪ ^Cit -iX> /ζ £r.r* 1^7 tn-t 匕二 ,ί "Γ-rr*· 苔郑用於艱ig反鼯之観id謂韻m a 猶’iti m 厌凸鼠m職 。養而 $ re等習知Θ5氟_ib劑由於毒性、腐議性及在反應步 7了卜 .二·* 丄 F二: Λ.Ι.^. r/W *7-一 i S X.K^. r Ί '^TS 上·4- 7Tri« - ft f-?-x: Ί^? .t 上.. / b -* ‘十·<:羅许赵鶫謝難M i罙ΐ卜5 JE1蒲茇符鍊mj gx簡汉忟爾 ° ft :外 5 氟鍵詰在反應中之選擇性差亦條一項_題。另一方 面 5 在功能性材科、生理活性物質及其他各種賴域上已在 進行利用氟化合物發展新產物 化劑於滿足此等需求。 來 c^r? ^ r v- s^a: 锻肢m合m i- itr: ~~工产 V 1 1' Γ·*. s、· 厂· :·"^ r、 广《s ,·ν 4 ^?一 Γχ Λ c·、 ΓΓϊ ^ ----, i^TT /? _二 …->* 3W* 举謂累說 5 ϋ ί> r d 5 y /1) 5 t> w i ®我u A 5 ί i.二歟m -—乙胺空職 >為1展作為羥基、羧基及其他含氧官能基之氟化謂之代 表試劑。其引介DAST為在_羥基或羰基中之氧之優異的氟 化麵。猶而,在製備DAST時 5 使高危_性的四氟化硫輿二There is a method of Xia ib compound and material _ chemical 乂 b. Generally can be taken _, ϊ f ^; -rV ^ i / * 5l. £ -L -rfc- 丁 十,! / ,,; εΐ. · 'Χ-? ΠΤΠ? IW— U: 1¾' m ^ ~ m 1u " a W 'Country: Tea—Iron ID tT: W /: 1 m X Υ ~ λ · t \ · rf * x ΐ • ^ Λτ * ar— ;, t—ΐ one: two one.— · : ― «· ^ J *-. Rt > r —. —T —i > .ΐ s—: -H ° rtn 5 K] Temple Tetsuya has the genus _ ΐϊ. 毐 枉 5 _fi.: H Most employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs' consumer cooperatives need special equipment and technology to print these tests. Therefore, given that-£-· .//- .. Lr; .- ^ τ- * l · — rr · ^ · —, one:. A ri · *. T ~ 7 i " • 一 r ϊτZZτ ^ x. ~ ; R. Xl ·: f 丄 · ./: · ^: c: ^ ::. — · / \ Zt; * rrr 深 忭 _ 谷 芴 度 、 女 芏 1Ξ. Anti-revolt K > Μ K 合Path Park ID said that the cake% _ exhibition has continued to this day. Especially in the direction of the production of fluorine compounds, fluoride Aγϊ —r 一 --- Xi-: 'zn. Nλ. Ί-t J \ 丄 rt 3ΐ · ν λ -u- nr * ΐ ~-/?疒 ― tm.r zrarr cr? —Λ- * zirr M TO g tS S) B Look;:; Four FG * t day spread happy legs picture ID Han wishing businessmen and soldiers with a high degree of special equipment and technology Wei 5 will also cause a higher economic burden. ~ ; ΊΤΐ ί;-rr ΓΤΊ Λ! Two two f \ Γ ~ ^ Τ TilS ^. ”One £ l: ZT ΙΪ ^ Cit -iX > / ζ £ rr * 1 ^ 7 tn-t dagger, ί " Γ-rr * · Zheng Zheng used the hard id to say "rhyma" and "iti m". The conventional Θ5fluoro_ib agent such as Yang et al. Is toxic, caustic, and in the reaction step 7. ·· * 丄 F Ⅱ: Λ.Ι. ^. R / W * 7- 一 i S XK ^ . r Ί '^ TS on 4-7Tri «-ft f-?-x: Ί ^? .t on .. / b-*' 十 · <: Luo Xu, Zhao Xie, Xie Nan M i 罙 ΐ 卜 5 JE1 Pu Fumu chain mj gx Jian Han 忟 er ° ft: 5 fluorine bonds outside the selectivity in the reaction is poor. On the other hand, in the field of functional materials, physiologically active substances and other various fields, the development of new chemical products using fluorine compounds has been carried out to meet these needs.来 c ^ r? ^ R v- s ^ a: forged limbs m-m i- itr: ~~ industrial products V 1 1 'Γ · *. S ·· factory : · " ^ r , guang "s, · Ν 4 ^? A Γχ Λ c ·, ΓΓϊ ^ ----, i ^ TT /? _Two ...- > * 3W * Exhaustion 5 ϋ ί > rd 5 y / 1) 5 t > wi ® I u A 5 ί i. Di 欤 m --- Ethylamine vacancy > is a representative reagent for fluorination of hydroxyl, carboxyl and other oxygen-containing functional groups. It introduces DAST as an excellent fluorinated surface of oxygen in a hydroxyl or carbonyl group. Still, in the preparation of DAST 5

以、— HS rr'5 ‘七士 τ*· I... #--· r\ 甲莖钞玩仕—f δ - 6 0 t之低濡下 應 ,LL. Itb 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公棼 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 需要特殊的製造設備。至於安全性,U , Fluorine Chem, ,42 1 37(1989)]發表在DAST之製造及使用中的爆炸事件。 此外,W0 96/04297說明四烷基-氟甲脒_鹽為羧基之優 異的氟化蘭。然而,並未發琨其他官能基之氟化反應的說 明:其串請專利範圍說明將鹵離子包含為四烷基-氟甲脒 _鹽之梠反離子。然而3實際上,ρρε-係經展示為相反離 子之唯一例子。因此,本發明人根據W0 96/ 04297之方法 製餚1,3_二甲基-2-氟_唑啭鐵=六氟磷酸鹽,並用於將在 苯甲酸、苯甲醇及正辛醇上之個別羥基置換成氟。結果由 苯甲酸生成苯甲醻氟。然而,在苯甲酸及正辛醇之氟化反 應中,並無法觀察到氟化合物之生成。日本公開專利Η Ε I 4 - 3 0 8 5 3 8發表使用鹵亞胺鐵鹽作為鹵化劑之第一醇之鹵化 反應。日本公開專利HE 19-6 7299說明羧酸之鹵化反應。此 兩篇文獻皆說明鹵亞胺鐵鹽之相反離子包括鹵離子。然而 ,實際上,相反離子單單為C 1 _之例子。尤其並未發現氟 化爾之說明。 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 此外,D E 2 6 2 7 9 8 6及日本公開專利S Η 0 5 2 - 1 5 6 8 1 0說明在 全氟烷氧丙醜氟之製備中使用雙-二烷胺基二氟甲烷作為 反應催化_。然而,並未發琨關於氟化劑之說明。此製備 係經由使氧化六氟丙烯與四烷基脲反應而進行,且氟之來 源昂貴並難Κ操作。 如前所逑,尚未發展出使用於工業中,在製法、選擇性 、產率及經濟方面令入滿意之含氧官能基之氟化劑。 【發明之概逑】 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規掊(210Χ 297公f ) - 5 - 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 本發明之目的在於提供可消除Μ上先前技藝之問題,且 可在工業中利用在技術及經濟上改良的方法製得且反應性 及經濟性優良之有機化合物之鹵化劑,尤其係氟化劑,提 供鹵化劑之製法,及提供經由利用試劑鹵化,尤其係氟化 各種有機化合物而得之化合物之製法。 由於為解決Κ上目的_作之密集研究的結果,本發明人 發琨由化學式(1)所表示之化合物:With, — HS rr'5 '七 士 τ * · I ... #-· r \ Jiazhanwanwanshi—f δ-6 0 t, LL. Itb This paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 G 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () requires special manufacturing equipment. As for safety, U, Fluorine Chem ,, 42 1 37 (1989)] was published in DAST Manufacturing and Explosions in use. In addition, WO 96/04297 shows that tetraalkyl-fluoroformamidine is an excellent fluorinated blue for carboxyl groups. However, no explanation for the fluorination reaction of other functional groups has been issued: The scope of the patent states that the halide ion is included as the counter-ion of the tetraalkyl-fluoroformamidine salt. However, in fact, ρρε- is shown as the only example of the opposite ion. Therefore, the present inventor according to WO 96/04297 The method is to prepare 1,3-dimethyl-2-fluoro_oxazonium iron = hexafluorophosphate, and is used to replace individual hydroxyl groups on benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol and n-octanol with fluorine. As a result, it is generated from benzoic acid. Benzamidine fluorine. However, in the fluorination reaction of benzoic acid and n-octanol, the formation of fluorine compounds cannot be observed. Rishiri Ε I 4-3 0 8 5 3 8 Published the halogenation reaction of the first alcohol using a haloimide iron salt as a halogenating agent. Japanese published patent HE 19-6 7299 describes the halogenation reaction of carboxylic acids. Both of these documents are It is shown that the opposite ion of the iron halide imide includes a halogen ion. However, in fact, the opposite ion is only an example of C 1 _. In particular, no explanation of the fluoride is found. DE 2 6 2 7 9 8 6 and Japanese published patent S Η 0 5 2-1 5 6 8 1 0 illustrate the use of bis-dialkylaminodifluoromethane as a reaction catalyst in the preparation of perfluoroalkoxypropane fluoride. _. However, no description of the fluorinating agent has been issued. This preparation is carried out by reacting hexafluoropropylene oxide with tetraalkylurea, and the source of fluorine is expensive and difficult to handle. As previously mentioned, it has not been developed yet. Oxygen-containing fluorinating agent which is used in industry and is satisfactory in terms of manufacturing method, selectivity, yield and economy. [Invention Summary] This paper standard applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Regulations ( 210 × 297 male f)-5-530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ( The object of the present invention is to provide a halogenating agent, especially a fluorinating agent, which can eliminate the problems of the prior art on the M, and can be produced in the industry by technologically and economically improved methods, and has excellent reactivity and economy. Provide a method for preparing a halogenating agent, and a method for preparing a compound obtained by halogenating a reagent, especially fluorinating various organic compounds. As a result of intensive research done to solve the above-mentioned purpose, the inventors have issued the formula ( 1) The compound represented:

R 1、 R ΝR 1, R Ν

R (1 )R (1)

X VX V

F F 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R 1至R 4為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基 或被取代或未被取代芳基,且其可相同或不同;R 1及R 2 或R 3及R 4可鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原 子之環;或R 1及R 3可鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及 其他雜原子之環,係對羥基、羧基、甲醯基、酬基及其他 含氧官能基具選擇性之新穎優異的氟化劑,且更發規其之 應用於氟化反應並不需要特殊的設備及技術,且可極度安 全及容易地進行。 此外,其已發現Μ化學式U)表示之化合物可經由Μ化 學式(1 4)表示之化合物的_素交換反應製得:Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs where R 1 to R 4 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and they may be the same or different; R 1 And R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or R 1 and R 3 may form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other hetero atoms It is a novel and excellent fluorinating agent with selectivity to hydroxy, carboxyl, formamyl, thiol and other oxygen-containing functional groups, and its application to fluorination does not require special equipment and technology. And it can be performed extremely safely and easily. In addition, it has been found that the compound represented by M chemical formula U) can be prepared via a prime exchange reaction of the compound represented by M chemical formula (14):

R R 、、+/ ΝR R,, + / Ν

I X 2 XI X 2 X

,R 、R (14) 一 6 一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X 297公# 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 其中X 2及X 3為氯或溴原子,且其可相同或不同;R 1至R4 為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和燒基或被取代或未 被取代芳基,且其可相同或不同;R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可 鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或β 及R 3可鍵結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子 之環,因此不需特殊的設備及技術,且可在工業中安全地 製造。 其亦發現Μ化學式(1)表示之氟化劑於氟化反應後可Μ 脲之形式回收,且可經濟地再利用作為Μ化學式(1 4)表示 之化合物的原料。 此外,其亦發現以化學式(1 5 )表示之化合物: R \ /R 2/ \R4, R, R (14)-6-This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X 297 public # 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (where X 2 and X 3 are chlorine or bromine atoms, and their May be the same or different; R 1 to R 4 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and they may be the same or different; R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 can be bonded to form a ring including nitrogen atom or nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or β and R 3 can be bonded to form a ring including nitrogen atom or nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms, so no special equipment and technology are required It can also be manufactured safely in industry. It was also found that the fluorinating agent represented by M chemical formula (1) can be recovered in the form of M urea after the fluorination reaction, and can be economically reused as M chemical formula (1 4) The raw material of the compound. In addition, the compound represented by the chemical formula (1 5) was also found: R \ / R 2 / \ R4

RR

I X 4 X (15) 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中X 4及X 5為鹵原子,且除了)U及X 5皆為氟原子、氯原 子或溴原子外,其可相同或不同;R 1至R4為被取代或未 被取代、飽和或不飽和垸基或被取代或未被取代芳基,且 其可相同或不同:R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可鐽結而形成包括 氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環,係對羥基、羧基、甲 釀基及其他含氧官能基具選擇性之優異新穎的鹵化麵,且 更發琨其之應用於齒化反應並不需要特殊的設備及技術, 且可極度安全及容易地進行。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X29?公总 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 換言之,本發明之態樣將說明於Μ下之U )至(45 } (1 ) 一種Μ化學式(1 )表示之氟化劑:IX 4 X (15) Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, where X 4 and X 5 are halogen atoms, and except that U and X 5 are fluorine, chlorine or bromine atoms, they may be the same or Different; R 1 to R 4 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated fluorenyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and they may be the same or different: R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be 鐽It forms a ring including nitrogen atom or nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. It is an excellent and novel halogenated surface with selectivity to hydroxyl, carboxyl, methyl and other oxygen-containing functional groups, and it is more popular for its application in teeth. The chemical reaction does not require special equipment and technology, and can be performed extremely safely and easily. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X29? 530050 A7 B7) V. Description of the invention (in other words, the aspect of the invention will be described under U under M) to (45) (1) A M Fluorinating agent represented by chemical formula (1):

RR

RR

X \R F F (1 ) 其中R 1至R 4為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基 、飽和或不飽和芳基,且其可相同或不同;R 1及R 2或R3 及R 4可鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子 之環;或R 1及R 3可鍵結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其 他雜原子之環。 (2)如Μ上第(1 )項中之氟化_,其中該Μ化學式(1)表 示之氟化麵係Μ化學式(2)表示; ,(C H 2)a'X \ RFF (1) where R 1 to R 4 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, saturated or unsaturated aryl, and they may be the same or different; R 1 and R 2 or R3 and R 4 may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or R1 and R3 may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. (2) The fluorination in item (1) above M, wherein the fluorinated surface represented by the chemical formula (1) of M is represented by the chemical formula (2) of M; (C H 2) a '

RR

NN

\R (2 ) 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中a為2或3之整數,R5及R6為具有1至6個碳原子之 被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和低碳烷基,且其可梠同 或不同 ° (3)如Μ上第(2)項中之氟化劑,其中該Μ化學式(2)表 示之氟化劑係Μ化學式(3)表示之2, 2-二氟-1,3-二甲基蹄 唑啶: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X29H# (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)\ R (2) Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards where a is an integer of 2 or 3, and R5 and R6 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated low carbons with 1 to 6 carbon atoms An alkyl group, and it may be the same or different. (3) The fluorinating agent as described in item (2) above, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by M chemical formula (2) is 2, represented by M chemical formula (3), 2-Difluoro-1,3-dimethyl oxidazolidine: This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X29H # (Read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

530050 A7 J37 五、發明説明(530050 A7 J37 V. Description of the invention (

H3 c—N N—c Η X FH3 c—N N—c Η X F

F (3 ) (4 )如M上第(2 )項中之氟化劑,其中該M化學式(2 )表 示之氟化劑係Μ化學式(4.)表示之2 , 2 -二氟-1,3 基蹄唑啶: 正丁 η (4 ) (5)如Μ上第(1)項中之氟化劑,其中該Μ化學式(1)表 示之氟化劑係Κ化學式(5 )表示:F (3) (4) The fluorinating agent according to item (2) in M above, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (2) of M is 2, 2 -difluoro-1 represented by the chemical formula (4.) of M , 3 oxazosin: n-butyl η (4) (5) as the fluorinating agent in item (1) above M, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) of the M is the chemical formula (K) of the K:

R\ /R9 >Νr8/ X F F (5 ) 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R 7至R 為具有1至6個碳原子之被取代或未被取 代、飽和或不飽和低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同;R 7及Η 或R 9及R 1G可鐽结而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他 雜原子之環;或R 7及R 9可鍵結而形成包括氮原子或氮原 子及其他雜原子之環。 (6)如Μ上第(5)項中之氟化劑,其中該K化學式(5)表 示之氟化劑係Μ化學式(6 )表示之雙-二甲胺基二氟甲烷: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公f (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)R \ / R9 > Nr8 / XFF (5) Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, where R 7 to R are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated low carbon with 1 to 6 carbon atoms An alkyl group, and they may be the same or different; R 7 and Η or R 9 and R 1G may be conjugated to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or R 7 and R 9 may be bonded to form a ring including A nitrogen atom or a ring of nitrogen and other heteroatoms. (6) The fluorinating agent according to item (5) of M above, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (5) of K is bis-dimethylaminodifluoromethane represented by the chemical formula (6) of M: Applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge Taiwan (210 × 297 male f) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

9 530050 A7 五、發明説明(9 530050 A7 V. Description of the invention (

HsC χ /CH (6 )HsC χ / CH (6)

〉N N<" H3c/ X XCH F F (7 )如M上第(5 )項中之氟化劑,其中該以化學式(5 )表 示之氟化劑係Μ化學式(7 )表示之雙-二-正丁胺基二氟甲 n -H9C4 η —H9C4 -C 4 Η 9 — η〉 N N < " H3c / X XCH FF (7) is the fluorinating agent in item (5) on M, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by chemical formula (5) is a double represented by chemical formula (7) of M- Di-n-butylaminodifluoromethane n -H9C4 η -H9C4 -C 4 Η 9 — η

>N N< X> N N < X

C 4H n (7 )C 4H n (7)

FF

F U 一 p (8 ) —種M化學式(8 _ 1)表示之氟化合物之製備方法: (8-1) 其中R 11為被取代或未被取代烷基,且其中可包含不飽 和基團,其包括使具有醇羥基且K化學式(8 )表示之化合 物FU I p (8) — a method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by M chemical formula (8 -1): (8-1) wherein R 11 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and an unsaturated group may be contained therein, It includes a compound having an alcoholic hydroxyl group and represented by K chemical formula (8)

R 11 -0H (8 ) 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R u係與化學式(8-1 )相同,與Μ化學式(1 )表示之 Μ上的氟化劑反應ϋ (9 ) 一種Μ化學式(9 - 1)表示之氟化合物之製備方法: (F ) cR 11 -0H (8) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry, where Ru is the same as the chemical formula (8-1) and reacts with the fluorinating agent on M represented by the chemical formula (1) ϋ (9) Preparation method of fluorine compound represented by M chemical formula (9-1): (F) c

Vn <Yl)b (9 - 1 ) 其中Y 1為親電子取代基,b為1至5之整數,c為1至5之整 10 一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規桔(210X 297公# ) 530050Vn < Yl) b (9-1) where Y 1 is an electrophilic substituent, b is an integer from 1 to 5, and c is an integer from 1 to 5 A paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 regulations (210X 297 公 #) 530050

CHF A7 B7 五、發明説明() 數,及b + c S 6,其包括使Μ化學式(9 )表示之酚種類或硫 麵種類之化合物: (QH) (9 ) 其中Q為氧或硫原子,及Y 1 、b及c係與化學式(9 - 1)相同 與Μ化學式(1)表示之Μ上的氟化劑反應。 (1 0 ) —種Κ化學式(1 0 - 1 )表示之氟化合物之製備方法: (10-1) 其中R ί2為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,其包括使以化學式(1 〇)表示之醛 化合物: R 12 -CH0 (10) 其中R ^係與化學式(]〇 -1 )相同,與Κ化學式Π )表示之 以、上的氟化劑反應。 (11 ) 一種Μ化學式(11 ~ 1 )表示之氟化合物之製備方法: (嘴先閲Λ背面之注意事項再^ΝΓ頁) 裝· 、11CHF A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () number, and b + c S 6, including compounds of the phenol type or sulfur surface type represented by the chemical formula (9): (QH) (9) where Q is an oxygen or sulfur atom , And Y 1, b, and c are the same as the chemical formula (9-1) and react with the fluorinating agent on M represented by the chemical formula (1). (1 0) — a method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (1 0-1): (10-1) wherein R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted The substituted aryl group includes an aldehyde compound represented by the chemical formula (10): R 12 -CH0 (10) where R ^ is the same as the chemical formula (] 〇-1), and is represented by KK chemical formula Π), above Reaction of fluorinating agents. (11) A method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by M chemical formula (11 ~ 1): (read the precautions on the back of Λ first, then ^ NΓ page)

RR

C 線C line

R 14/ \f 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R 13及R 14為被取代或未被取代烷基、或被取代或未 被取代芳基,且其可相同或不同;烷基可包括不飽和基團 ,及R 13及R 14可鍵结而形成環,其包括使从化學式(丨丨)表 示之_化合物:R 14 / \ f Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs where R 13 and R 14 are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups, and they may be the same or different; It may include an unsaturated group, and R 13 and R 14 may be bonded to form a ring, which includes a compound represented by the chemical formula (丨 丨):

RR

R \c二〇 / (11) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 530050 kl B7 五、發明説明( 其中R 及R ί4係與化學式U 1 -1 )相同,與Μ化學式(1 ) 表示之Μ上的氟化_ί反應。 (1 2 ) —種以、化學式(1 2 - 1 )表示之酸氟化物之製備方法: R ^ -C0F (12-1 ) 其中R ί5為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,其包括使Μ化學式(1 2 :)表示之狻 基化合物: 15R \ c20 / (11) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) 530050 kl B7 V. Description of the invention (where R and R 4 are the same as chemical formula U 1 -1), and The fluorination reaction of M represented by the chemical formula (1). (1 2) — a method for preparing an acid fluoride represented by the chemical formula (1 2-1): R ^ -C0F (12-1) where R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl group Or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, which includes a fluorenyl compound represented by the chemical formula (1 2 :) of M: 15

C00H (12) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (13) 其中R0係與化學式(12-1)相同,與Μ化學式(1)表示之 Κ上的氟化劑反應。 (13) —種Μ化學式(13-1)表示之氟化合鞠之製備方法: (F) d (13 — 1) 其中Y1為親電子取代基,b及d為1至5之整數,及b + dS 6,其包括使包含除氟外之鹵原子且Μ化學式(1 3 )表示之 芳族化合物: (X i) d -(Y L)b 其中X i為除氟外之鹵原子,及Y 1 、^及d係與化學式 (1 3 -1)相同,與以化學式(1)表示之Μ上的氟化劑反應( (1 4 ) 一種Μ化學式(2 5 )表示之含氟婦烴化合物之製備方 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規枱(210Χ29?公f ) 12 - (25)530050 A7 五、發明説明(‘ R” R V—〆 C — 0 R16C00H (12) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (13) where R0 is the same as the chemical formula (12-1) and reacts with the fluorinating agent on K represented by the chemical formula (1). (13) — A method for preparing a fluorinated hydrazone represented by the chemical formula (13-1): (F) d (13 — 1) where Y1 is an electrophilic substituent, b and d are integers from 1 to 5, and b + dS 6, which includes an aromatic compound containing a halogen atom other than fluorine and represented by the chemical formula (1 3): (X i) d-(YL) b where X i is a halogen atom other than fluorine, and Y 1, ^, and d are the same as the chemical formula (1 3 -1), and react with a fluorinating agent on M represented by the chemical formula (1) ((1 4) a fluorine-containing hydrocarbon compound represented by the chemical formula (2 5) The paper size of the paper is prepared according to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 gauge (210 × 29? Male f) 12-(25) 530050 A7 V. Description of the invention ('R ”RV—〆C — 0 R16

Z 其中R $至R 17為氫原子或具有1至3個碳原子之低碳烷 基,且其可相同或不同;及Z為-(Y)!1-CHF2、-(Y)n-CH2F 或-C0-0 - ( Y) n-CH2F,其中Y為-CH2-及η為0或1至5之整數 ,其包括使Μ化學式(1 )表示之氟化劑與Μ化學式(2 4 )表 示之烯烴化合物反應 R15 R>=< R16 \ (24)Z wherein R $ to R17 are a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different; and Z is-(Y)! 1-CHF2,-(Y) n-CH2F Or -C0-0-(Y) n-CH2F, where Y is -CH2- and η is an integer of 0 or 1 to 5, which includes a fluorinating agent represented by M chemical formula (1) and M chemical formula (2 4) Olefin compound reaction R15 R > = < R16 \ (24)

X 其中R ί5至R 17為氫原子或具有1至3個碳原子之低碳烷 基,且其可相同或不同;及X為-(Y) n-CH0、- (Υ) n-CH20H 、或-C 0 - 0 - ( Y ) η - C Η 2 0 Η,其中Y為-C Η 2 -及η為0或1至5之整 經漪部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 數。 (1 5 )如Μ上第8至1 4項其中一項之方法 係Μ化學式(2 )表示。 (1 6 ) —種Μ化學式(2 )表示之化合物: 7(C H 2)ax 其中該氟化劑X wherein R 5 to R 17 is a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different; and X is-(Y) n-CH0,-(Υ) n-CH20H, Or -C 0-0-(Y) η-C Η 2 0 Η, where Y is -C Η 2-and η is 0 or 1 to 5. The number printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standardization of the Ministry of Warping. (1 5) The method according to any one of items 8 to 14 on M is represented by M chemical formula (2). (16) a compound represented by the chemical formula (2): 7 (C H 2) ax wherein the fluorinating agent

RR

\R F F\ R F F

N (2 ) 其中a為2或3之整數,R 5及R 6為具有1至6個碳原子之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規掊(210X297^# 530050 Μ Μ 五、發明説明() 被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和低碳烷基,且其可相同 或不同。 Π 7 ) —種化學式(2 )之化合物,其係Μ化學式U)表示之 2,2-二氟-1,3-二甲基_唑啶:N (2) where a is an integer of 2 or 3, and R 5 and R 6 are paper sizes of 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 regulations (210X297 ^ # 530050 Μ Μ V. Invention Explanation () A substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated lower carbon alkyl group, and it may be the same or different. Π 7)-a compound of formula (2), which is represented by the formula 2) Difluoro-1,3-dimethyl_azolidine:

Η 3 C —Ν Ν —C ΗX F F (3 ) (1 8 )--種化學式(2 )之化合物,其係W化學式(4 )表示之 2 -二氟-1 , 3 -二-正丁基眯唑啶: η - Η 9 C 4 —N N—C4 Η 厂 η (4 ) Γ麴先閱讀背面之注意事項再制寫本頁 -裝- 訂Η 3 C —Ν Ν —C ΗX FF (3) (1 8) —a compound of formula (2), which is 2-difluoro-1, 3-di-n-butyl represented by the formula (4) Oxazolidine: η-Η 9 C 4 —NN—C4 Η Factory η (4) 麴 麴 Read the precautions on the back before writing this page-Pack-Order

F F ί 1 9 ) 一種化學式(5 )之化合物,其係K化學式(7 )表示之 雙-二-正丁胺基二氟甲烷: 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 η — Η 9 C 4 Π — Η 9 C 4FF ί 1 9) A compound of the chemical formula (5), which is a bis-di-n-butylaminodifluoromethane represented by the chemical formula (7) of K: printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs η — Η 9 C 4 Π — Η 9 C 4

>ΝX F F • C 4 H 9 ~ Π C 4H9-n (7 ) (2 0 ) —種在M上第U )項中M化學式(1)表示之氟化麵之 製備方法,其包括使Μ化學式(1 4)表示之化合物: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規栳(210X297公f ) 14 (14)530050 R 1至R 4為被取代或未被取 A7 B7 五、發明説明() R1 R3 )N '、+ / N 丨 R 2/ XR 4> NX FF • C 4 H 9 ~ Π C 4H9-n (7) (2 0) — A method for preparing a fluorinated surface represented by the chemical formula (1) of M in item U) on M, which includes making M Compounds represented by chemical formula (1 4): This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 regulations (210X297 g) 14 (14) 530050 R 1 to R 4 are substituted or not taken A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () R1 R3) N '、 + / N 丨 R 2 / XR 4

I X 2 X 3- 其中X 2及X 3為氯或溴原子 代、飽和或不飽和烷基、被取代或未被取代芳基,且其可 相同或不同;R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可鐽結而形成包括氮原 子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或R 1及R 3可鐽結而形成 包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環,與氟原子之鹼金 屬鹽在惰性溶劑中進行鹵素交換反應。 (2 1) —種Μ上第(1)項之氟化劑之製備方法,其包括使 Μ化學式(1 4)表示之化合物與一半當量之氟化鈉反應,經 由過濾分離,及與氟化鉀繼續反應。 (2 2 ) —種Κ化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化劑: Γ讀先閲秦背面之注意事馬本頁) -裝· R 1IX 2 X 3- wherein X 2 and X 3 are chlorine or bromine atomic, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and they may be the same or different; R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be condensed to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or R 1 and R 3 may be condensed to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other hetero atoms, and an alkali metal with a fluorine atom The salt is subjected to a halogen exchange reaction in an inert solvent. (2 1) — A method for preparing a fluorinating agent of item (1) on M, which comprises reacting a compound represented by M chemical formula (1 4) with half equivalent of sodium fluoride, separating by filtration, and fluorinating Potassium continues to react. (2 2) — Kind of halogenating agent represented by chemical formula (1 5): Γ Read the notes on the back of Qin before reading this page)-Pack · R 1

RR

NN

,R R (15), R R (15)

X 4 X 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中X 4及X 5為鹵原子,除了 X 4及X 5皆為氟原子、氯原子 或溴原子之外*其可相同或不同;R 1至R4為被取代或未 被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基或被取代或未被取代芳基,旦 其可相同或不同;R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可鍵结而形成包括 氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或R 1及R 3可鏈結而 形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環。 (23)如Μ上第(22)項之鹵化劑,其中該Μ化學式(15)表 示之鹵化麵係Κ化學式(1 6 )表示: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X2W公蝥 1 Γ: 530050 A7 137 五、發明説明( (C H 2)a'X 4 X Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs where X 4 and X 5 are halogen atoms, except that X 4 and X 5 are fluorine, chlorine or bromine atoms * they may be the same or different; R 1 To R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, which may be the same or different; R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to form including A nitrogen atom or a ring of a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or R1 and R3 may be linked to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. (23) The halogenating agent according to item (22) of M above, wherein the halogenated surface represented by chemical formula (15) of M is represented by chemical formula (16) of K: This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X2W)蝥 1 Γ: 530050 A7 137 V. Description of the invention ((CH 2) a '

\R X4 X (16) 其中5U及X 5為鹵原子,除了 X 4及X 5皆為氟原子、氯原子 或溴原子之外,其可相同或不同;a為2或3之整數,R 5及 R 6為具有1至6個碳原子之被取代或未被取代、飽和或不 飽和低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同。 (2 4 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之_化劑,其中該Μ化學式(1 6 )表 示之鹵化爾係Μ化學式(1 7 )表示之2 -虜基-1 , 3 -二甲基眯 唑啉_ =鹵化物: H3 C—N + . N—C Η (17) X4 Xs' 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中X 4及X 5為鹵原子,除了)U及)(5皆為氟原子、氯原子 或溴原子之外,其可相同或不同。 (2 5 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之鹵化劑,其中該Μ化學式(1 6 )表 示之鹵化劑係Μ化學式(1 8 )表示之2 -氟_ 1 , 3 -二甲基咪唑 啭鏺=氯化物: H3 c—N ,+ · Ν—C Η (18)\ R X4 X (16) where 5U and X 5 are halogen atoms, except that X 4 and X 5 are fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, which may be the same or different; a is an integer of 2 or 3, R 5 and R 6 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated lower carbon alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different. (2 4) The chemical reagent of item (2 3) above, wherein the halogenated halogen represented by the chemical formula (1 6) is a 2-pyridyl-1, 3 -dimethyl group represented by the chemical formula (17) Oxazoline_ = halide: H3 C—N +. N—C Η (17) X4 Xs 'Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Lithium where X 4 and X 5 are halogen atoms, except U) and ) (5 are all except fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, which may be the same or different. (2 5) The halogenating agent according to item (2 3) above, wherein the halogenation represented by the chemical formula (1 6) of M Agent is 2-fluoro-1, 3-dimethylimidazolium represented by chemical formula (1 8) = chloride: H3 c—N, + · Ν—C Η (18)

F C 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ297公# 一 16 - 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( (2 6 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之歯化劑,其中該K化學式U 6 )表 示之鹵化劑儀Μ化學式(1 9 )表示之2 _氟-1,3 -二甲基眯唑 啉鐵=溴化物: H3 C—N + . Ν—C Η 3 (19) F B r (2 7 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之鹵化劑,其中該Μ化學式(1 6 )表 示之鹵化劑係以化學式(20)表示之2-氟-1 , 3-二甲基眯唑 啭鐵Ξ碘化物: H3 C—Ν Ν——C Η (20) (资先閲恭背面之注意事項再頊寫本頁) 裝· 、1ΤFC This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297 public # # 16-530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ((2 6) As the amylating agent in item (2 3) on M, where the K Halogenating agent meter represented by chemical formula U 6) 2_fluoro-1,3-dimethyloxazoline iron = bromide represented by chemical formula (19): H3 C—N +. Ν—C Η 3 (19) FB r (2 7) is a halogenating agent according to item (2 3) above, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 6) is 2-fluoro-1, 3-dimethyl represented by the chemical formula (20) Imidazolium iron iodide: H3 C—Ν Ν—C Η (20) (Please read the notes on the back of Christine before writing this page)

F 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (2 8 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之鹵化劑,其中該Μ化學式Π 6 )表 示之_化劑係Μ化學式(21 )表示之2-氯-1,3-二甲基咪唑 啭鏺=溴化物:F The halogenated agent printed by (2 8) such as the item (2 3) on the M is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Dishes, where the chemical agent represented by the chemical formula Π 6) is a chemical agent represented by the chemical formula M (21) 2 -Chloro-1,3-dimethylimidazolium 啭 鏺 = bromide:

Hs C-N N—CH (21)Hs C-N N-CH (21)

C B r (2 9 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之鹵化劑,其中該Μ化學式U 6 )表 示之虜化麵係Μ化學式(22)表示之2-氯-1 , 3-二甲基_唑 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規枱(210Χ 297公# 一 17 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 啭钂=碘化物 (22)CB r (2 9) is a halogenating agent according to item (2 3) above, wherein the chemical surface represented by the chemical formula U 6) is 2-chloro-1, 3-dimethyl represented by the chemical formula (22) _The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Α4 gauge (210 × 297 公 # # 17 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (啭 钂 = Iodide (22)

H3 C-N N—CHH3 C-N N-CH

C (3 0 )如Μ上第(2 3 )項之鹵化劑,其中該K化學式(1 6 .)表 示之鹵化劑係Κ化學式(23)表示之2-碘-1,3-二甲基眯唑 琳钂=碘化物; (23)C (3 0) The halogenating agent according to item (2 3) in M above, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 6.) Is 2-iodo-1,3-dimethyl represented by the chemical formula (23). Oxazoline 钂 = iodide; (23)

Ha c—Ν t+; N—CH (3 1 )如M上第(2 1)項之由丨y、上化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化劑 之製備方法,其包括使Μ化學式(1 4)表示之化合物:Ha c—N t +; N—CH (3 1) A method for preparing a halogenating agent represented by 丨 y and the above chemical formula (1 5) as item (2 1) on M, which includes the formula (1 4) Compounds represented:

R .、I Ν R 2/R., I NR 2 /

.R R (14) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製.R R (14) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

Χ2 X 其中X^RX3為氯或溴原子,及R1至R4與Μ上相同,與 氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子之鹼金屬鹽或其混合物 在倩性溶劑中進行鹵素交換反應。 (3 2 ) —種Μ化學式(8 -2 )表示之鹵素化合物之製備方法 (8 - 2 ) 其中R u為被取代或未被取代烷基,且其中可包含不飽 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規拮(210X29D># 18 - 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 和基團,及X 5為_原子,其包括使Μ化學式(8)表示之醇 羥基化合物: 11 0Η (8 ) 其中R Μ係與化學式(:8 -2 .)相同,與Μ化學式(1 5 )表示之 Κ上的鹵化麵反應:Χ2 X wherein X ^ RX3 is a chlorine or bromine atom, and R1 to R4 are the same as those of M, and are halogen-exchanged with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine alkali metal salt or a mixture thereof in a sensitive solvent. (3 2) — a method for preparing a halogen compound represented by the chemical formula (8 -2) (8-2) wherein R u is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and it may contain an unsaturated paper. Standard (CNS) Λ4 regulation (210X29D &#;# 18-530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () and group, and X 5 is a _ atom, which includes an alcoholic hydroxyl compound represented by the chemical formula (8): 11 0Η ( 8) wherein R Μ is the same as the chemical formula (: 8-2.), And reacts with the halogenated surface on K represented by the chemical formula (1 5):

R 〉N、、.丨、N ( (15)R〉 N,,. 丨, N ((15)

/ \R χ. x 6·· 其中)U、X 5、及R 1至R 4係輿M上相同。 (33) 一種M化學式(1 2-2 )表示之酸鹵化物種類之製備 方法: 15/ \ R χ. X 6 ·· where) U, X 5, and R 1 to R 4 are the same on M. (33) A method for preparing an acid halide represented by M chemical formula (1 2-2): 15

C0X (12-2) 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R @為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,及X e為以化學式(1 5 )中之X 4或 X 5 表示之鹵原子,其包括使Μ化學式(1 2 )表示之羧酸化 合物: R 15 — C 0 0 Η (12) 其中R %係與化學式(1 2 - 2丨相同,與Μ化學式(1 5 )表示 之鹵化麵反應: R 1C0X (12-2) Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, where R @ is substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and X e is The halogen atom represented by X 4 or X 5 in the chemical formula (1 5) includes a carboxylic acid compound represented by the chemical formula (1 2): R 15 — C 0 0 Η (12) wherein R% is the same as the chemical formula (1 2-2 丨 is the same, and reacts with the halogenated surface represented by M chemical formula (1 5): R 1

RR

,R R (15), R R (15)

X 4 X 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公f ) 19 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 其中)U、X 5及R 1至R 4係與Μ上相同。 (3 4)—種Μ化學式(10-2)表示之氟化合物之製備方法: R 12 - C H ( X 7 ) 2 (1 0 - 2 ) 其中R 12為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,及X 7為Μ化學式(1 5 )中之X%或 X 5表示之鹵原子,及兩X 7可相同或不同,其包括使Κ化 學式(1 0 )表示之醛化合物: R 12 -CH0 (10) 其中r η係與化學式(1 〇 -2 )相同,與Μ化學式(1 5 )表示 之鹵化劑反應: (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 -裝· R 1X 4 X This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X297 male f) 19 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Among them, U, X 5 and R 1 to R 4 are the same as those on M. (3 4) —Method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by M chemical formula (10-2): R 12-CH (X 7) 2 (1 0-2) where R 12 is substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsubstituted A saturated alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and X 7 is X% or a halogen atom represented by X 5 in the chemical formula (1 5), and two X 7 may be the same or different, including The aldehyde compound represented by (1 0): R 12 -CH0 (10) where r η is the same as the chemical formula (10-2) and reacts with the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (15): (Read the note on the back first Matters refill this page-Pack · R 1

R >、R >,

R (15)R (15)

、1T, 1T

X 4 X 經漪部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中X 4、X 5及R 1至R 4係與K上梠同。 (3 5 )如Μ上第3 2至3 4項其中一項之鹵素化合物之製備方 法,其中該鹵化劑係Μ化學式(1 7 )表示。 (3 6 ) —種Μ化學式(1 5 )表示之化合物:X 4 X Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Yield, where X 4, X 5 and R 1 to R 4 are the same as K Shang. (3 5) The method for producing a halogen compound according to any one of items 32 to 34 above, wherein the halogenating agent is represented by the chemical formula (1 7) of M. (3 6) — a compound represented by M chemical formula (1 5):

R X 4 χ5· (15) 其中X 4及X 5為鹵原子,除了 X 4及X 5皆為氟原子、氯原子 或溴原子之外,其可相同或不同;R 1及R 4為被取代或未 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ29<Μ>§ ) 20 530050 A7 B7五、發明説明() 被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或被取代或未被取代芳基, 且其可梠同或不同;R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可鐽结而形成包 括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或R 1及R 3可鍵結 而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環。 (3 7 ) —種Μ化學式(1 6 )表示之化合物: ,(C H 2)a、RX 4 χ5 · (15) where X 4 and X 5 are halogen atoms, except that X 4 and X 5 are fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, which may be the same or different; R 1 and R 4 are substituted Or this paper standard applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 29 < M > §) 20 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of invention () Substituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aromatic And they may be the same or different; R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or R 1 and R 3 may be bonded to form Including nitrogen or nitrogen and other heteroatoms. (3 7) — a compound represented by the chemical formula (1 6): (C H 2) a,

RR

NN

\R (16) (_讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再_寫本頁 裝·\ R (16) (_Read the precautions on the back first, then _write this page

x4 X 其中除了 X 4及X 5皆為氟原子、氯原子或溴原子之外,X 4 及X 5為相同或不同的鹵原子,a為2或3之整數,R &及R 6 為具有1至6個碳原子之被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和 低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同。 (3 8 ) —種如Μ上第(2 2 )項之鹵化劑,其中該鹵化謂為Μ 化學式Π 7)表示之2 -鹵基-1,3-二甲基_唑啉鐵=鹵化物: 訂 H a C—Ν Ν —C Η 3 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (17) Χ4 X 5 其中 係與Κ上相同 (3 9 ) —種Μ化學式(1 8 )表示之化合鞠 基_唑嚇鐵ζ氯化物: 甲 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ297^# 21 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( Η 3 C —Ν +·Ν —C Η (18)x4 X except that X 4 and X 5 are each a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom, X 4 and X 5 are the same or different halogen atoms, a is an integer of 2 or 3, and R & and R 6 are A substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated lower carbon alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different. (3 8) A halogenating agent such as the item (2 2) on M, wherein the halogenation is referred to as 2-halo-1,3-dimethyl_oxazoline iron represented by M chemical formula Π 7) = halide : Order H a C—N Ν —C Η 3 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry (17) χ4 X 5 which is the same as that on K (3 9) — a compound represented by the chemical formula (1 8) of M Juki_Zirconium Iron Zeta Chloride: A paper size applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297 ^ # 21 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Η 3 C —N + · Ν —C Η (18 )

F C ί 4 0 ) —種M化學式(1 9 )表示之化合物 基眯唑啭議=溴化物: 氟-1 , 3 -二甲 Η 3 C—N ; Ν—C Η (19) F B r (41 ) 一種Μ化學式(20)表示之化合物,2-氟-1,3-二甲 基_唑咐麵=碘化物: Η 3 C-Ν + · Ν—C Η (20)FC ί 4 0) — a kind of compound represented by the chemical formula (1 9) oxazolyl = bromide: fluorine-1, 3-dimethylfluorene 3 C—N; Ν—C Η (19) FB r (41 ) A compound represented by the chemical formula (20), 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyl_oxazole = iodide: Η 3 C-N + · Ν—C Η (20)

F U 2 ) —種Μ化學式(2 1 )表示之化合物,2 -氯-1 , 3 -二甲 基_唾啭_ =溴化物: 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Η 3 C —Ν , + ; Ν 一C Η (21)FU 2) — a compound represented by the chemical formula (2 1), 2-chloro-1, 3 -dimethyl_sialo_ = bromide: printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Distillation 3 C —N , +; Ν 一 C Η (21)

C B r (4 3 ) —種Μ化學式(2 2 )表示之化合物 基眯唑啭鍾=碘化物: -氯- 1 , 3 -二甲 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X29?公f ) 22 530050 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(CB r (4 3) — a compound represented by the chemical formula (2 2) based on oxazolyl bell = iodide: -chlorine-1, 3-dimethyl This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge ( 210X29? F) 22 530050 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry

Η 3 C —N +、N —C H (22)Η 3 C —N +, N —C H (22)

C (44) 一種M化學式(23)表示之化合物 基眯唑啭鐵=碘化物: Η 3 C —Ν,+、Ν —C Η 2 -碘-1,3- 二甲 (23) 4 5 ) —種Μ化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化劑之製備方法: R\ /R3 r2/ \r4 I X 4 χ5一 (15) 其中R 1至R 4係與Μ上相同,其包括使Μ化學式u )表 示之化合_ ·* R 3C (44) A compound represented by the chemical formula (23): oxazolyl iron = iodide: Η 3 C —N, +, N —C Η 2 -iodine-1,3-dimethyl (23) 4 5) — A method for preparing a halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 5): R \ / R3 r2 / \ r4 IX 4 χ5-(15) wherein R 1 to R 4 are the same as those on the M, which includes the chemical formula U The combination of expressions_ * R 3

Rl&gt; N&lt;R2/ X XR F F (1 ) 其中R 1至R 4係與·W上相同,與氯、溴或碘原子之鹼金 屬鹽在惰性溶劑之存在下進行鹵素交換反應。 本發明之鹵化劑,尤其係氟化劑,係化合物之羥基、羧 基及其他含氧官能基之氟化劑,.其可安全及容易地操作, 且具高選擇性。本發明之氟化麵的製備不需特殊的設備及 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公f -23 - 530050 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印$ A7五、發明説明() 技術,旦可經濟地進行。此外,亦可應用Μ其他鹵原子取 代氟原子所製得之鹵化劑於製備具有除氟外之鹵素之化合 物〇 本發明之鹵化劑,尤其係氟化劑,沒有在工業中製備試 劑本身之習知技術之問題,且展現作為有機化合物,尤其 係具有含氧官能基之化合物之鹵化劑,尤其係氟化劑之優 異效果。 【圖示之簡單說明】 顯1係於實例1中製備得之2 , 2 -二氟-1 , 3 -二甲基眯唑 啶之IR光譜。 【發明之詳綑說明】 將Μ氟化劑作說明。 本發明之氟化劑係由Μ上化學式(1 )表示之化合物: Ri R3 〉Ν Ν〈 R 2/ \R 4 ⑴ F F 其中R1至R4係與K上相同。 在化學式(1)中,R 1至R 4分別為被取代或未被取代、 飽和或不飽和烷基、或被取代或未被取代芳基,且其可相 同或不同【R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可鐽結而形成包括氮原子 或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或1及R 3可鐽結而形成包 括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環。R1至1^4為具有1 至6個碳原子之烷基或芳基較佳。烷基可為直鏈或分支鍵 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公筇) 〇 , (·請先閱讀背面之注意事項本頁) 丨裝· ? 、-口 線 530050 kl B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( ) 1 1 I 旦 包 括甲基 ·、 乙 基 Λ 正 丙 基、 烯 丙基 異丙 基、 正 丁 基 1 1 1 '、 丁 烯 基及正 己 基 0 芳 基 包 括苯 :基 Ο β ί 至R4 可相 同 或 不 1 I ί 1 I 同 〇 1 閱 1 此 外 ,R 1 及 R 2 或 R3 及R 4 -可 個 別鏈 結 而形 成包 含 氮 原 背 1 面 I 子 且 具 有3至5 個 碳 原 子 之 雜 了 BU 例 如, 咁 咯啶 環及 ,,ν.. 氫 之 注 1 I 意 1 I 吡 啶 環 〇 事 項 rS_ 1 1 再 者 ,R 1 及 R 3 可 鐽 結 而 形® ;在 環中 包 含兩 個氮 原 子 之 麵 本 5員或6 員環, 例 如 5 Of 唑 啶 ma m 、 m 唑啶 酮 ftol 嘧啶 環 及 m 頁 1 I 啶 II 環 〇 1 1 I Μ 化 學式(1 )表示且使用於本 發明為較佳之氟化劑的實 1 1 際 例 子 包括說 明 於 下 之 化 合 勸0 m 4 \ Λ 而, 本 發明 之範 圍 並 不 1 訂 受 限 於 iy、下所 示 之 化 合 物 〇 1 1 ί 1 )化合物之例子 ! I 雙 二甲胺基- 二 氟 甲 烷 Λ 雙- 二乙胺基- 二氟 甲烷 •V 雙 - 1 1 I 二 -正丙胺基- —-, 氟 甲 燒 雙 -二 -異 丙胺 基 -二氟甲烷' 、雙- 4 1、線 二 -婦丙胺基- 二 氟 甲 综 &gt; 雙 -二 -正 丁胺 基 -二氟甲综 、雙一 1 1 二 -正己胺基- 二 氟 甲 &gt; 雙 -(1 -吡 咯啶 基 )-二 氟甲 烷 、 雙 1 I —( 1 - •六 氫吡啶 基 )- 二 氟 甲 ATC 、2 ,2 - £i..y --^ -1 ,3 -二 二甲基_唑 1 I 2 , 2-二氟 -1,2 Ϊ - 二乙基眯唑 啶· 、2 , 2 二氟- 1 , 3- •二 正 丙 1 1 基 唑 啶、2, 2- -二 氟 -1 ,3 -二異 丙基眯唑啶、2 :,2-: 二氟一 1 , 1 1 Q 一 -二 歸 丙基_ 唑 喧 2, 2- •二 氟- 1,3 ;-二正丁基_唑啶 、雙( 1 1 N- -甲 基 -N-苯基) 二 氟 甲 、 2,2 一 ~&quot; 氟- 1 ,3 二甲基_唑啶- 1 I 4, 5- -二 _、2 s 2- -二 氟 -1 ,3 丨-二正 丁基蹄唑啶-4, 5-二 嗣 、 及 1 I 2, '2- -二 氟-].,Ξ ! ~ - 二 ί Ρ基嘧啶 〇 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)M·⑺㈤靖) — 530050 A 7 [Π 五、發明説明() 特佳的試麵為W化學式(3)表示之2, 2-二氟-1,3-二甲基 _唑啶、Μ化學式(4)表示之2y2 -二氟-1,3 -二正丁基_唑 啶、Μ化學式(6 )表示之雙-二甲胺基-二氟甲烷、及Μ化 學式(7 )表示之雙-二正丁胺基-二氟甲烷。 在本發明中Μ化學式Π)表示之氟化麵可利用Μ下方法 製備得。 換言之,使Μ化學式(1 4)表示之化合物: R1\ /R3 r 2 / \ R 4 (14)Rl> N &lt; R2 / X XR F F (1) wherein R 1 to R 4 are the same as those of · W, and are subjected to a halogen exchange reaction with an alkali metal salt of a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom in the presence of an inert solvent. The halogenating agent of the present invention, especially a fluorinating agent, a fluorinating agent of a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and other oxygen-containing functional groups of the compound, can be safely and easily operated, and has high selectivity. The preparation of the fluorinated surface of the present invention does not require special equipment and the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 male f -23-530050) printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. () Technology can be carried out economically. In addition, halogenating agents prepared by replacing halogen atoms with other halogen atoms can also be used to prepare compounds with halogens other than fluorine. 0 The halogenating agent of the present invention, especially a fluorinating agent There is no problem with the conventional technology of preparing the reagent itself in the industry, and it exhibits excellent effects as an organic compound, especially a halogenating agent having an oxygen-containing functional group, especially a fluorinating agent. [Simplified description of the diagram] Xian 1 is the IR spectrum of 2, 2-difluoro-1, 3-dimethyloxazolidine prepared in Example 1. [Detailed description of the invention] The fluorinating agent will be described. The fluorine of the present invention The chemical agent is a compound represented by the chemical formula (1) on M: Ri R3> Ν Ν <R 2 / \ R 4 ⑴ FF where R 1 to R 4 are the same as those on K. In the chemical formula (1), R 1 to R 4 Respectively substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or Unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and they may be the same or different [R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be combined to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms Or 1 and R 3 may be combined to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. R1 to 1 ^ 4 are preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be Straight chain or branch key This paper standard is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X297 male) 〇, (· Please read the precautions on the back page first) 丨 Installation ·? --Line 530050 kl B7 Ministry of Economy Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards 5. Description of the invention () 1 1 I Dan includes methyl ·, ethyl Λ n-propyl, allyl isopropyl, n-butyl 1 1 1 ', butenyl and n-hexyl Group 0 aryl includes benzene: group 0 β ί to R4 may be the same or not 1 I ί 1 I the same 〇 1 See also 1 R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4-may be individually linked to form a nitrogen-containing proton 1 I atom and a hybrid BU having 3 to 5 carbon atoms. For example, a pyrrolidine ring and, ν .. Note of hydrogen 1 I means 1 I pyridine ring. Item rS_ 1 1 Furthermore, R 1 and R 3 may be鐽 结 形 ®; a 5- or 6-membered ring containing two nitrogen atoms in the ring, such as 5 Of oxazolone ma m, m oxazolone ftol pyrimidine ring, and m page 1 I pyridine II ring 〇1 1 Examples of chemical formula (1) represented by I M and used in the present invention are preferred fluorinating agents. Examples include the following chemical compounds: 0 m 4 \ Λ. However, the scope of the present invention is not limited to iy. The compound shown below is an example of a compound. I bisdimethylamino-difluoromethane Λbis-diethylamino-difluoromethane • V bis-1 1 I bis-n-propylamino- —-, Fluoromethyl bis-di-isopropylamino-difluoromethane ', bis- 4 1, linear bis-propylpropylamino-difluoromethyl synthesis &gt; bis-di-n-butylamino-difluoromethyl synthesis , 1 1 1 di-n-hexylamino-difluoromethyl> bis- (1-pyrrolidinyl) -difluoromethane, bis 1 I — (1-• hexahydropyridyl) -difluoromethyl ATC, 2, 2 -£ i..y-^ -1, 3-dimethyl_azole 1 I 2, 2-difluoro-1,2 Ϊ-diethyloxazoline ·, 2, 2 difluoro-1, 3- • di-n-propanyl 1 1 oxazodine, 2, 2-difluoro-1,3-diisopropyloxazodine, 2: 2: 2-: difluoro-1, 1 1 Q one-two return Propyl_oxazole 2,2- • difluoro-1,3; -di-n-butyl_azolidine, bis (1 1 N- -methyl-N-phenyl) difluoromethane, 2,2 a ~ &quot; Fluoro-1,3 dimethyl_azolidine-1 1 I 4, 5--di_, 2 s 2--difluoro-1,3嗣, and 1 I 2, '2- -difluoro-]., Ξ! ~-Di + P-based pyrimidine 〇1 1 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) M · Jingjing — 530050 A 7 [Π V. Description of the invention () A particularly good test surface is 2,2-difluoro-1,3-dimethyl-oxazole, represented by chemical formula (3), and 2y2 -difluoro-1, represented by chemical formula (4). , 3-di-n-butyl-oxazolyl Bis-dimethylamino-difluoromethane represented by the chemical formula (6), and bis-di-n-butylamino-difluoromethane represented by the chemical formula (7). In the present invention, the fluorinated surface represented by the chemical formula M) can be prepared by the following method. In other words, let the compound represented by the chemical formula (1 4): R1 / / R3 r 2 / \ R 4 (14)

I X2 X 3~ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中X 2及X 3為氯或溴原子,且其可相同或不同;R 1至R 4為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或被取代或 未被取代芳基,且其可相同或不同:R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4 可鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或 R 1及R 3可鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子 之環,與氟之鹼金屬鹽在惰性溶劑中進行鹵素交換反應。 此氟化劑可容易旦安全地製備得。 可使用之氟化物之鹼金屬鹽為氟化鉋、氟化铷、氟化鉀 及氟化鈉。較佳的氟化物之鹼金屬鹽為使用於氟化反應之 經噴霧乾燥的氟化鉀。此等级在經濟及反應效率方面有利 化學式(14)中之通常為氯原子。然而,亦可使用 具有溴原子為X 2及X 3之化合物。 2 6 實際的化合物包括四烷基-氯甲滕鍾=氯化物、2 -氯 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規拮(210Χ297公f ) 530050 A7 . B7 五、發明説明() 3-二烷基_ _ =氯化物、四烷基溴甲脒_ =溴化物、及 2 -溴-1,3 -二燒基W鐵=溴化物ϋ 使用作為用於與鹵化劑諸如光氣、亞硫醢氯、亞硫醯溴 、三氯化磷或三溴化磷製備Κ化學式Π )表示之化合物之 原料之Μ化學式Π 4)表示之化合物包括,例如,四烷基脲 、四烷基硫脲、Ν,-二烷基眯唑啶醒或N , fT -二烷基蹄唑 硫S。 擧例來說$ 2-氯-1 , 3-二甲基_唑啶鐵=氯化物可利用說 明於日本公開專利SH0 59-25 3 75中之方法容易地製備得。 實際上,將草醯氯溶於四氯化碳之溶液逐滴加至1,3-二甲 基_唑啶酮中,並在室溫至60t!之溫度下反應數小時至數 十小時。 在製備在本發明中Μ化學式(1)表示之氟化劑時,使用 於鹵素交換反應中之氟之鹼金屬鹽之量為四烷基-鹵甲脒 編=鹵化物量之二當量Μ上較佳,2至5當量更佳。低於2當 量之量將使鹵化物不發生變化。另一方面,超過5當量之 量不會使反應產率產生顯著改良。 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 顚於鹵素交換反應之溶劑並無特殊限制,只要溶劑不與 四烷基-鹵甲W鐵=鹵化物及所產生之化合物反應即可。較 佳的溶劑包括乙請 甲基甲醯胺、1,3-二甲基-2-_唑 啶麵、二氯甲烷及二氯乙烷。 反應中之溶麵量並無特殊限制。然而,由反應效率及操 作容易度之觀點來看,其量為反應物質之1至1 0倍重量較 佳。由反應速度及生成產物之安定性的觀點來看,反應溫 2 7 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ 297公#) 530050 A7 五、發明説明() 度係在-20至1501之範圍內,M0至10〇υ較佳。 製備本發明之氟化揮i之鹵素交換反應亦可在相轉移催化 劑諸如第四鏡鹽或第四烷基钂鹽之存在下進行。可將鹵素 交換反應之反應混合物原封不動地使用於下一個氟化反應 ,或亦可於過濾出有機鹽並餾除反應溶劑後再使用於下一 個鹵化反應。反應產物亦可經由蒸餾而分離及使用。 使用本發明氟化劑之氟化反應可使用平常的反應設備極 度容易地進行。例如,羧酸之氟化反應可簡單地經由將羧 酸加至鹵素交換反應之反應混合物中,並在室溫下反應數 小時而進行。可如此Μ高產率製得羧酸化合物之相關的氟 化物。 醇種類之氟化反應亦可經由直接將醇化合物加至鹵素交 換反應之反應物質中,並反應數小時而進行。可Μ高產率 製得相關的氟化物。 Κ下將詳细說明使用本發明之氟化劑之氟化反應。 (1 )照慣例,醇羥基之直接轉化成氟基團係在單氟化合 物之合成方法中之通用且引人注目的方法 ϋ 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 可有效用於轉化反應之代表性的氟化劑包括為酸劑之氟 化氫、咐嗤-(H F ) η、氟烷基胺(雅洛凡可試劑(Y a r o v e n k s reagent))、二乙胺-六氟丙烷加成物(M下簡稱為P P D A ) 、S F 4 (四價硫化合物)、三氟二乙胺基硫(M下簡稱為D A S T )及P h P F 4 (五價磷化合物)。 如前所逑,氟化氫有由於毒性、腐蝕性、及在反應步驟 中之爆炸危險而難Μ操作,且需要特殊設備及技術之缺點 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ297公# ) 0 0 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 。观哺-(Η P i η具有較氟化氫之本身高的氟化能力。然而, 此能力並不如其他的氟化劑高。 雅洛凡可試劑:氟烷基胺係經由將二乙胺加至氯三氟乙 烯所製得之氟化劑。此試劑可在溶劑中在溫和絛件下氟化 多種第一及第二醇。然而,此試劑之本身的安定性低(可 在密封、陰暗的場所保存數天)[J * G e n Che. USSR 1 9 , 2125 (1959)1 〇 PPDA由於更為安定,可容易地操作,且具有類似反應性 而更常被使用。 最近,Ν,Ν-二異丙基-2-氟烯胺被發表為新穎類型的氟 胺基氟化劑[Tetrahedron Lett,, 30, 3077 (1989)]。 此等試劑為醇羥基的有效氟化劑。然而,由複雜的合成 步驟及經濟觀點來看,很難實際將其應用至工業規橫。 另外,D A S Τ在Μ氟基團取代醇羥基上亦有與Μ上類似的 問題。 本發明之氟化謂可安全及容易地操作,並Μ高選擇性提 供氟化物質。 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 習知之氟化劑在醇羥基之氟化反應中之問題可經由使用 本發明之氟化劑而消除。 利用本發明之氟化難I由醇羥基化合物製備氟化合物之方 法如下。 換言之,使Μ化學式(8 )表示之醇羥基化合物: R 11 -0Η (8) 其中R η係與以、上相同,與本發明之氟化劑反應,而製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公# ) ^ 0 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 備M fb學式(8 -1 )表示之氟化合物: R 11 -F (8-1 ) 其中R u係與Μ上相同。 具有可被氟化之羥基之代表性的醇化合物包括,例如, 甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、正丁酵、異丁醇、2-甲基-1-丁醇 、正戊醇、新戊醇、異戊醇、正己醇、2 -甲基-1 -戊醇、 2-乙基-1- 丁醇、正庚醇、正辛醇、2 -乙基己醇、正壬醇 、3,5 , 5 ~三甲基-1 _己醇、正癸醇、正十一醇、正十二醇 、烯丙醇、甲基鋪丙醇、巴豆醇、苯甲醇、苯乙醇、桂皮 醇、2-丙炔醇、丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯及 其他第一醇;異丙醇、第二丁醇、第二戊醇、第二異戊醇 、1-乙基-1-丙醇、4-甲基-2-戊醇、1-甲基己醇、1-乙基 戊醇、1 -甲基庚醇、環己醇、2 -甲基環己醇、3 -甲基環己 醇、4 -甲基環己醇、第二苯乙醇及其他第二醇;及第三丁 醇、第三戊醇、1 -甲基環己醇、a -¾品醇及其他第三醇 。然而,醇種類並不限於此等化合物。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 此等Μ化學式(8)表示之_可個別地提供Μ化學式(8 -1 ) 表示之對應的烷基氟化物。 氟化劑對醇羥基之量通常為1當量Μ上。在反應中所產 生之氟化氫可利用鹼諸如第三胺而捕捉。 反應溶謂並無特殊之限制,只要溶劑不會與氟化謂及經 由氟化醇所生成之氟化合物反應即可。較佳的溶劑為乙 請、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、二甲基甲隨胺及1,3 -二甲基 -2-_ _ 啶 _。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ 297公1 ) 0 Λ 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 反應溫度係視溶麵及醇羥基之反應性而定,且由反應速 度及四烷基氟甲胺議-氟化物之安定性的觀點來看通常係 在-4 0至1 0 0 &quot;C之範圍內,Μ - 2 0至8 0 °C較佳ϋ 當所生成之氟化合物具有低沸點或易釋出氟化氫之结構 時,反應溫度需要儘可能地低。 由反應所生成之氟化合物可利用蒸餾或其他方式而容易 地自反應混合審分離出。 (2 ) —般認為酚羥基之轉化成氟基團可經由應用習知的 氟化劑諸如氟化氫、啪啶-(H F ) η、氟烷基胺(雅洛凡可試 類I )、P P D A、S F 4 (四價硫化合物)、D A S Τ、及P h P F 4 (五價磷 化合物)而實行。然而完全未發現將此等氟化麵應用於此 種轉化反應之例子。即使可應用此等氟化劑,在反應中仍 將發生前逑的相同問題。 本發明之氟化麵亦可有利地用於鼢羥基之氟化反應。 亦可進行硫醜之氟化反應。然而,此反應易伴隨生成二 硫化物化合_為副產物。 酚羥基之氟化反應可Μ具位次選擇性地將氟原子引入至 芳環中,而製備芳族氟化合物。反應方法如下。 換言之,使Μ化學式(9 )表示之酚化合物或硫_化合物: (QH) c -(Y^b (9 ) 其中Q、Y 1 、b及e係與Μ上相同,與本發明之氟化劑反 應,而製備Μ化學式(9 - 1 )表示之氟化_化合物: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規梠(210Χ 297公梦 3 1 — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 裝· 、-口 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( (F) c 其中γ -(YOb (9 一 1 ) b及c係與化學式(9 )相同 可被氟化的化合物在其芳環上具有一或多個親電子取 代基諸如-N 0 -C N、-C F 3、-C Η 0 - -COO Η &gt; 及-C 0 - 〇 較佳 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 的酚化合物包括,例如,鄰硝酚、對硝、鄰氰酚、對氟 酚、對羥基苯甲醛、鄰羥基苯甲醛、對羥基三氟甲基苯、 _羥基三氟甲基苯、對羥基苯甲酸甲酯、鄰羥基苯甲酸甲 酯、4,4 ^二羥基二苯甲酮、對羥基苯甲酸、鄰硝基硫酚 及對硝基硫鼢ϋ然而,酚及硫酚化合物並不限於此等化合 物。 此等Μ化學式(9)表示之®或硫酚化合物提供Μ化學式 (9 - 1 )表示之對應的氟化合物。 氟化麵對齡羥基之量通常為1當量Μ上。在反應中所產 生之氟化氫可利用鹼諸如第三胺而捕捉ύ 反應溶劑並無特殊之限制,只要溶劑不會與氟化麵及經 由氟化酚所產生之氟化合物反應即可’。較佳的溶劑為乙 腈、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、二甲基甲醯胺及1 f 3 -二甲基 -2 -蹄哇喷麵。 反應溫度係視溶麵及鼢羥基之反應性而定,且由反應連 度及四烷基氟甲_胺_==氟化物之安定性的觀點來看通常 係在-0至1 5 0 °C之範圍内,Μ 2 0至1 1 0 °C較佳。 由反應所生成之氟化合物可利用蒸餾而容易地自反應混 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r裝· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公f ) 3 2 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 合物分離出。 (3 )將甲醢基氧直接轉化成氟基團亦係製備氟化合物之 月效力法° 關於直接氟化甲醯基或顯之羰基,在Μ上之氟化麵中, SF41DAST係已知曉。然而,此等氟化劑由於前逑原因之 嚴格限制而不令入滿意。 本發明之氟化麵可有效地達成_基團之氟化。其方法如 下。 換言之,使K化學式(1 0 )表示之醛化合物: R 12 -CH0 (10) 其中R ί2為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,與本發明之氟化劑反應,而製備 如、化學式(1 0 - 1 )表示之氟化合物: R 12 -CHF2 (10-1) 其中R ί2係與化學式Π 0 )相同。 因此,Φ薩基氧之直接氟化可經由使用本發明之氟化劑 而有效地達成。 具有可氟化甲薩基之化合物的例子包括,例如,甲醛、 乙醛、丙烯醛、甲基丙烯醛、丙醛、丁醛、異丁醛、戊醛 、異戊醛、己醛、庚醛、辛醛、壬醛、癸醛及其他脂鏈醛 ;環己烷羧醛及其他脂環醛;苯甲醛、對硝基苯甲醛、對 甲氧基苯甲醛、酞醛、1 -萘甲醛及其他芳族醛;及菸鹼 醛、呋喃甲醛及其他雜環醛。然而,醛並不限於此等化合 物。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ 297公#· ) (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r裝_ 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 可製得對應於此等醛化合物且具有化學式(10-1)之氟化 合獅。 氟化劑對甲釀基之量為1當量Μ上較佳。 反應溶劑並無特殊之限制,只要溶劑不會與氟化劑、甲 _基化合物及反應產物反應即可。較佳的溶蘭為乙腈、二 氯甲烷、氯仿、二氯乙烷、1,2 -二甲氧乙烷、二乙二醇二 甲醚、N-甲基嗌咯啶麵、二甲基甲薩胺及1 , 3-二甲基-2-_唑啶_。 反應溫度Μ在0至1 5 0 °C之範圍內較佳,2 0至1 1 0 °C更佳。 由反應所產生之氟化合物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應混 合物分離。此外,於反應完成後可K四烷基脲之形式回收 雙-二烷胺基二氟甲烷。 (4)在氟化合鞠之製備中,當購氧直接轉化成氟之方法 有效時,其係極有用的方法。 換言之,使具有酮基團且Μ化學式(Η )表示之嗣化合物; (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁I X2 X 3 ~ Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics where X 2 and X 3 are chlorine or bromine atoms, and they may be the same or different; R 1 to R 4 are substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or not A saturated alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, which may be the same or different: R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; Or R 1 and R 3 may be condensed to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms, and a halogen exchange reaction with an alkali metal salt of fluorine in an inert solvent. This fluorinating agent can be easily and safely prepared. The alkali metal salts of fluorides that can be used are fluorinated planes, gadolinium fluoride, potassium fluoride, and sodium fluoride. The preferred alkali metal salt of fluoride is spray-dried potassium fluoride used in the fluorination reaction. This grade is advantageous in terms of economics and reaction efficiency. The chemical formula (14) is usually a chlorine atom. However, compounds having a bromine atom of X 2 and X 3 may also be used. 2 6 The actual compounds include tetraalkyl-chloromethanthane = chloride, 2-chlorine. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 regulation (210 × 297 male f) 530050 A7. B7 V. Description of the invention () 3 -Dialkyl __ = chloride, tetraalkylbromoformamidine_ = bromide, and 2-bromo-1,3-dialkyl-iron = iron = bromide, used as a halogenating agent such as phosgene, Thiophosphine, thionine bromide, phosphorus trichloride, or phosphorus tribromide to prepare compounds represented by Chemical Formula Π) Chemical Formula Π 4) Compounds include, for example, tetraalkylurea, tetraalkyl Thiourea, N, -dialkyloxazolidine or N, fT-dialkyloxazole sulfur S. For example, $ 2-chloro-1,3-dimethyl-oxazodine iron = chloride can be easily prepared by the method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent SH0 59-25 3 75. Actually, a solution of chloramphenicol dissolved in carbon tetrachloride was added dropwise to 1,3-dimethyl-oxazolidinone, and reacted at a temperature from room temperature to 60 t! For several hours to several tens of hours. In preparing the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) of M in the present invention, the amount of the alkali metal salt of fluorine used in the halogen exchange reaction is two equivalents of tetraalkyl-haloformamide = the amount of halide. Good, 2 to 5 equivalents are better. An amount below 2 equivalents will not change the halide. On the other hand, an amount exceeding 5 equivalents does not significantly improve the reaction yield. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry. There is no special restriction on the solvents used in the halogen exchange reaction, as long as the solvents do not react with the tetraalkyl-halomethyl iron = halides and the compounds produced. The preferred solvents include ethyl methylformamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-azolidine, dichloromethane and dichloroethane. The amount of dissolved surface in the reaction is not particularly limited. However, from the standpoint of reaction efficiency and ease of operation, its amount is preferably 1 to 10 times the weight of the reaction substance. From the viewpoint of the reaction speed and the stability of the produced products, the reaction temperature is 2 7 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297 public #) 530050 A7 5. The description of the invention () is in the range of -20 to In the range of 1501, M0 to 10〇υ is more preferable. The halogen exchange reaction for preparing the fluorinated compound of the present invention can also be carried out in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as a fourth mirror salt or a fourth alkylphosphonium salt. The reaction mixture of the halogen exchange reaction can be used intact for the next fluorination reaction, or it can be used in the next halogenation reaction after filtering out the organic salt and distilling off the reaction solvent. The reaction product can also be isolated and used by distillation. The fluorination reaction using the fluorinating agent of the present invention can be performed extremely easily using ordinary reaction equipment. For example, the fluorination of a carboxylic acid can be performed simply by adding a carboxylic acid to a reaction mixture of a halogen exchange reaction and reacting at room temperature for several hours. Related fluorides of carboxylic acid compounds can be prepared in such a high yield. The fluorination reaction of the alcohol species can also be performed by directly adding the alcohol compound to the reaction substance of the halogen exchange reaction and reacting for several hours. Relevant fluorides can be produced in high yields. The fluorination reaction using the fluorinating agent of the present invention will be described in detail below. (1) Conventionally, the general and compelling method for the direct conversion of alcoholic hydroxyl groups into fluoro groups in the synthesis of monofluoro compounds. Ϋ Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Lithography, which can be effectively used for conversion reactions. Representative fluorinating agents include hydrogen fluoride as an acid agent, hydrazone- (HF) η, fluoroalkylamines (Yarovenks reagent), diethylamine-hexafluoropropane adducts ( M is abbreviated as PPDA), SF 4 (tetravalent sulfur compound), trifluorodiethylaminosulfur (D abbreviated as DAST hereinafter), and Ph PF 4 (pentavalent phosphorus compound). As previously mentioned, hydrogen fluoride is difficult to handle due to toxicity, corrosiveness, and the danger of explosion during the reaction step, and it requires the disadvantages of special equipment and technology. This paper standard applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (210 × 297 公 # ) 0 0 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (). Guanpu- (ΗP i η) has a higher fluorinating ability than hydrogen fluoride itself. However, this ability is not as high as other fluorinating agents. Yalofan reagent: Fluoroalkylamine is added to diethylamine to A fluorinating agent made from chlorotrifluoroethylene. This reagent can fluorinate a variety of first and second alcohols under mild conditions in a solvent. However, the stability of this reagent itself is low (may be in a sealed, shady Place kept for several days) [J * Gen Che. USSR 1 9, 2125 (1959) 1 〇 PPDA is more commonly used because it is more stable, easy to handle, and has similar reactivity. Recently, Ν, Ν- Diisopropyl-2-fluoroenamine was published as a novel type of fluoroamine-based fluorinating agent [Tetrahedron Lett ,, 30, 3077 (1989)]. These agents are effective fluorinating agents for alcoholic hydroxyl groups. However, by From the complicated synthetic steps and economic point of view, it is difficult to practically apply it to industrial regulations. In addition, DAS T also has similar problems in the substitution of alcoholic hydroxyl groups by M fluorine groups. The fluorination of the present invention can be described as It is safe and easy to operate, and provides fluorinated substances with high selectivity. The problem of the conventional fluorinating agent in the fluorination reaction of alcoholic hydroxyl groups printed by industrial and consumer cooperatives can be eliminated by using the fluorinating agent of the present invention. The method for preparing a fluorine compound from an alcoholic hydroxyl compound using the fluorination difficulty of the present invention is as follows In other words, make the alcoholic hydroxyl compound represented by the chemical formula (8) of M: R 11 -0Η (8) wherein R η is the same as above and reacts with the fluorinating agent of the present invention, and the paper size of the paper is adapted to Chinese national standards ( CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297 公 #) ^ 0 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Fluorine compound represented by M fb formula (8 -1): R 11 -F (8-1) where R u is Identical to M. Representative alcohol compounds having hydroxyl groups that can be fluorinated include, for example, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, n-butyrate, isobutanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, n-pentyl Alcohol, neopentyl alcohol, isopentyl alcohol, n-hexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, n-heptanol, n-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, n-nonyl alcohol Alcohol, 3,5, 5 to trimethyl-1 -hexanol, n-decanol, n-undecanol, n-dodecanol, allyl alcohol, methylpropanol, crotyl alcohol, benzyl , Phenethanol, cinnamon alcohol, 2-propynol, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and other first alcohols; isopropanol, second butanol, second pentanol, second Isoamyl alcohol, 1-ethyl-1-propanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-methylhexanol, 1-ethylpentanol, 1-methylheptanol, cyclohexanol, 2 -Methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 4-methylcyclohexanol, second phenylethanol and other second alcohols; and third butanol, third pentanol, and 1 -methylcyclohexanol Alcohols, a-pinols, and other tertiary alcohols. However, the kind of alcohol is not limited to these compounds. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs These M-formulas (8) can be individually provided with the corresponding alkyl fluorides represented by the M-formula (8 -1). The amount of fluorinating agent to alcoholic hydroxyl group is usually 1 equivalent M. The hydrogen fluoride generated in the reaction can be captured using a base such as a third amine. The reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solvent does not react with the fluorinated solvent and the fluorine compound produced by the fluorinated alcohol. The preferred solvents are ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dimethylformamide, and 1,3-dimethyl-2 -__ pyridine_. This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297 male 1) 0 Λ 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention Depending on the nature of the reaction, and from the viewpoint of the reaction rate and the stability of tetraalkylfluoromethylamine-fluoride, it is usually in the range of -40 to 1 0 &quot; C, M-2 0 to 8 0 ° C is preferredϋ When the fluorine compound produced has a low boiling point or a structure that easily releases hydrogen fluoride, the reaction temperature needs to be as low as possible. The fluorine compound produced by the reaction can be easily mixed from the reaction by distillation or other methods (2)-It is generally believed that the conversion of phenolic hydroxyl groups into fluorine groups can be achieved through the application of conventional fluorinating agents such as hydrogen fluoride, pyridine- (HF) η, fluoroalkylamines (Yalofan Test Class I ), PPDA, SF 4 (tetravalent sulfur compound), DAS T, and Ph PF 4 (pentavalent phosphorus compound). However, no examples of applying these fluorinated surfaces to such conversion reactions have been found. Even These fluorinating agents can be applied and will still occur in the reaction The same problem of fluorene. The fluorinated surface of the present invention can also be advantageously used for the fluorination reaction of fluorene hydroxyl groups. The fluorination reaction of sulfur can also be performed. However, this reaction is easily accompanied by the formation of disulfide compounds_ as a by-product. The fluorination reaction of phenolic hydroxyl group can introduce an aromatic fluorine compound by selectively introducing fluorine atoms into the aromatic ring. The reaction method is as follows. In other words, the phenol compound or sulfur compound represented by the chemical formula (9) is used. : (QH) c-(Y ^ b (9) wherein Q, Y 1, b, and e are the same as those on M and react with the fluorinating agent of the present invention to prepare a fluorination represented by the chemical formula (9-1) _Compounds: This paper is in accordance with Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 Regulations (210 × 297 Public Dream 3 1 — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.)--530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (( F) c where γ- (YOb (9-1)) b and c are the same as the chemical formula (9) and can be fluorinated compounds having one or more electrophilic substituents such as -N 0 -CN, -CF 3, -C Η 0--COO Η &gt; and -C 0-〇 Preferred Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry The produced phenolic compounds include, for example, o-nitrophenol, p-nitrogen, o-cyanophenol, p-fluorophenol, p-hydroxybenzaldehyde, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde, p-hydroxytrifluoromethylbenzene, _hydroxytrifluoromethylbenzene, Methyl hydroxybenzoate, methyl o-hydroxybenzoate, 4,4 ^ dihydroxybenzophenone, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, o-nitrothiophenol and p-nitrothiothione However, phenol and thiophenol compounds are not It is limited to these compounds. These ® or thiophenol compounds represented by M chemical formula (9) provide corresponding fluorine compounds represented by M chemical formula (9-1). The amount of fluorinated surface hydroxyl groups is usually 1 equivalent M. The hydrogen fluoride generated in the reaction can be captured by a base such as a third amine. The reaction solvent is not particularly limited, as long as the solvent does not react with the fluorinated surface and the fluorine compound produced by the fluorinated phenol '. The preferred solvents are acetonitrile, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dimethylformamide, and 1 f 3 -dimethyl-2 -oxo spray. The reaction temperature depends on the reactivity of the dissolving surface and the hydroxyl group, and is usually from -0 to 150 ° from the viewpoint of the degree of stability of the reaction and the stability of the tetraalkylfluoromethylamine _ == fluoride. Within the range of C, M 2 0 to 110 ° C is preferred. The fluorinated compounds produced by the reaction can be easily self-remixed by distillation (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) r equipment · This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 male f) 3 2 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The compound is separated. (3) The direct conversion of formamyloxy to a fluorine group is also a monthly method for the preparation of fluorine compounds. Regarding the direct fluorination of formamyl or oxo carbonyl, in the fluorinated surface on M, SF41DAST is known. However, these fluorinating agents are not satisfactory because of the severe restrictions of the former. The fluorinated surface of the present invention can effectively achieve the fluorination of the group. The method is as follows. In other words, make the aldehyde compound represented by the chemical formula (1 0) of K: R 12 -CH0 (10) where R ί 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and The fluorinating agent of the present invention reacts to prepare, for example, a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (1 0-1): R 12 -CHF2 (10-1) wherein R 2 is the same as the chemical formula Π 0). Therefore, the direct fluorination of Φsakyloxy can be effectively achieved by using the fluorinating agent of the present invention. Examples of compounds having fluorinable methylsalyl include, for example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, acrolein, methacryl, propionaldehyde, butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, valeraldehyde, isovaleraldehyde, hexanal, and heptaldehyde , Octaldehyde, nonanal, decanal, and other aliphatic aldehydes; cyclohexanecarboxaldehyde and other alicyclic aldehydes; benzaldehyde, p-nitrobenzaldehyde, p-methoxybenzaldehyde, phthalaldehyde, 1-naphthaldehyde, and Other aromatic aldehydes; and nicotinic aldehyde, furan formaldehyde, and other heterocyclic aldehydes. However, aldehydes are not limited to these compounds. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297297 ##) (read the precautions on the back before filling this page) r_ 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Can be made corresponding to this Fluorinated lions such as aldehyde compounds and having the chemical formula (10-1). The amount of the fluorinating agent to the methyl group is preferably 1 equivalent M. The reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solvent does not react with the fluorinating agent, the methyl compound, and the reaction product. The preferred solvents are acetonitrile, dichloromethane, chloroform, dichloroethane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-methylpyrrolidine, and dimethylformamide. Satamine and 1,3-dimethyl-2-_azolidine_. The reaction temperature M is preferably in the range of 0 to 150 ° C, and more preferably 20 to 110 ° C. The fluorine compound produced by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture by distillation. In addition, bis-dialkylaminodifluoromethane can be recovered in the form of K-tetraalkylurea after the reaction is completed. (4) In the preparation of fluoride fluoride, it is a very useful method when the method for directly converting oxygen to fluorine is effective. In other words, make a fluorene compound having a keto group and represented by the chemical formula (Η); (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page

、1T, 1T

經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R ί3及R μ係與Μ上相同,與本發明之氟化劑反應, 而製備Μ化學式(Η -1 )表示之氟化合物:Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry, where R ί3 and R μ are the same as those on M and react with the fluorinating agent of the present invention to prepare a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (-1 -1):

Rl3\ /F \C ( (11-1)Rl3 \ / F \ C ((11-1)

K 1 4 / \F 其中R ί3及R 14係與M上相同。 可將分子中具有嗣基團之任何化合物使用於氟化反應中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X29D&gt;ft ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 作為_化合物。此種酮化合物例如為芳基酮化合物及烷基 _化合物。然而,對於此等_化合物並無限制。 作為氟化劑之雙-二烷胺基二氟甲烷對酮之量為1當量Μ 上ϋ 對使用於反應中之溶劑並無特殊之限制,只要溶劑不會 與氟化劑、酮化合物及反應產物反應即可。較佳的溶劑為 乙釀、二氯甲烷、氯仿、二氯乙烷、1,2 -二甲氧乙烷、二 乙二醇二甲醚、Ν -甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺及1,3 -二 甲基-2 -眯唑啶_。反應溫度Μ在0至1 5 0 υ之範圍内較佳 ,2 0至Η 0 °C更佳。由反應所生成之氟化合物可經由蒸餾 而容易地自反應混合物分離。於反應完成後,氟化_可Μ 相對之脲化合物之形式回收。 (5 ) -般使用由為顚ί化合物之二苯甲嗣之氟化反應所製 備得之被氟取代的二苯甲酮作為聚醚醚嗣及其他聚醚_樹 脂之物料。聚醚醚嗣係酎熱性、電絕緣性、滑動性質及耐 化學劑性優異之超级工程塑膠。被氟取代的二苯甲嗣亦使 用作為阻燃爾、止痛藥、血小板凝固抑制劑及血栓形成抑 制劑之原料或中間產物,因此其係在醫藥及農業化學品領 域中之重要化合物。 本發明之氟化劑可直接氟化由Μ下化學式表示之羥基二 苯甲麵之羥基: (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁K 1 4 / \ F where R ί3 and R 14 are the same as on M. Any compound with a fluorene group in the molecule can be used in the fluorination reaction. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X29D &gt; ft) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 530050 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () As _ compound. Such ketone compounds are, for example, aryl ketone compounds and alkyl compounds. However, there are no restrictions on these compounds. The amount of bis-dialkylaminodifluoromethane as a fluorinating agent to ketone is 1 equivalent. M. There is no particular limitation on the solvent used in the reaction, as long as the solvent does not react with the fluorinating agent, ketone compound and reaction. The product can be reacted. Preferred solvents are ethyl alcohol, dichloromethane, chloroform, dichloroethane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-methylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamidine. Amine and 1,3-dimethyl-2 -oxazolyl. The reaction temperature M is preferably in the range of 0 to 150 ° C, and more preferably 20 to Η0 ° C. The fluorine compound formed by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture by distillation. After the reaction is completed, the fluorinated M can be recovered as the relative urea compound. (5)-Generally use fluorinated benzophenone prepared by the fluorination reaction of benzophenone, a compound of fluorene, as the material of polyether ether and other polyether resins. Polyether ether is a super engineering plastic with excellent heat resistance, electrical insulation, sliding properties and chemical resistance. Fluorinated benzamidine is also used as a raw material or intermediate product for flame retardants, analgesics, platelet coagulation inhibitors, and thrombosis inhibitors, so it is an important compound in the fields of medicine and agricultural chemicals. The fluorinating agent of the present invention can directly fluorinate the hydroxyl group of the hydroxy dibenzyl surface represented by the chemical formula below: (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page

、1T 〇, 1T 〇

II rII r

530050 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明( 為 時 同 不 且 數 整 之 5 至 1—i 為 Π 及 ΠΙ 中 其 代 取 氟 被 得 而 同 謹 甲 苯 二 的530050 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention

(F )m(F) m

&lt; F) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中m及rr係與M上相同。 可使用於此方法之被羥基取代的二苯甲嗣為2-羥基二苯 甲醒、4-羥基二笨甲嗣、及其他具有任意選自2-羥苯基、 4-羥苯基、2, 4-二羥苯基、2, 5-二羥苯基、2, 6-二羥苯基 及2,4 , 6 -三羥苯基之兩個笨基之二苯甲酮衍生物。 氟化劑對羥基之量為1當量Μ上較佳,及由當使用低於1 當量時未反應羥基保有之反應效率之觀點來看希望為1至 10當量。 對使用於反應中之溶劑並無特殊之賬制,只要溶麵不會 與氟化劑、被羥基取代的二苯甲酬化合物及反應產物、被 氟取代的二苯甲麵化合物反應即可。較佳的溶霞[為乙W、 二氯甲烷、氯仿、二氯乙烷、乙二醇二甲醚·、二乙二醇二 甲醚、Ν -甲基吡咯啶麵、Ν,Ν -二甲基甲釀胺及1 , 3 -二甲基 - 2 - 0米唑嗤_。 反應溫度Μ在〇至15010之範圍内較佳,20至1101更佳 。當溫度低於01時,反應速度變低,且需要複雜的程序 。超過之反應溫度使氟化爾之安定性降低,且有生 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁&lt; F) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, where m and rr are the same as those on M. The hydroxy-substituted benzamidine used in this method can be 2-hydroxydibenzophenone, 4-hydroxydibenzidine, and others having any one selected from 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2 , Two 4-benzyl derivatives of 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,6-dihydroxyphenyl and 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl. The amount of the fluorinating agent for the hydroxyl group is preferably 1 equivalent M, and from the standpoint of the reaction efficiency of the unreacted hydroxyl group when using less than 1 equivalent, it is desirably 1 to 10 equivalents. There is no special account for the solvents used in the reaction, as long as the solvent does not react with the fluorinating agent, the dibenzophenone compound substituted with a hydroxyl group, the reaction product, and the dibenzophenone compound substituted with fluorine. Preferable solvent-soluble solvents [Ethyl W, dichloromethane, chloroform, dichloroethane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-methylpyrrolidine surface, N, N-di Methylmethanamine and 1, 3 -dimethyl-2-0 mizolidine. The reaction temperature M is preferably in the range of 0 to 15010, and more preferably 20 to 1101. When the temperature is lower than 01, the reaction speed becomes low, and complicated procedures are required. Exceeding the reaction temperature will reduce the stability of the fluoride, and it is alive (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page

、1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規掊(210Χ 297公# 3 8 經滴部中央標率局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公f ) 530050 kl 五、發明説明() 成具有二氟化_基之副產物之傾向。然而,可藉由水解而 使被雙氟取代之苯基二氟申焼容易地回復成被氟取代的二 苯甲_。 由反應所生成之氟化合物可經由蒸餾、萃取及其他步驟 而容易地自反應混合物分離。於反應完成後可Μ相對的脲 形式回收所使用的氟化爾。 (6)慣例上,使用於羧酸至氟化羰基之轉化反應之氟化 劑為S F#四價硫化合物、及三氟二乙胺基硫(Κ下簡稱為 DAST) 〇 S F 4可直接將狻基轉化成三氟甲基。然而,此轉化反應 有最適條件的選擇困難且產率不夠高的缺點[Org React,, 2 1,1 ( 1 9 7 4 )]。再者,S F 4之本身具有毒性及腐蝕性,且 在反應過程中有爆炸危險性的問題。此外,DAST可有效氟 化羧基而提.供羧酸氟化物,且亦可有效作為第一、第二及 第三醇之羥基、羰基及其他含氧官能基之氟化劑。然而, D AST有需要特殊製造設備、價格昂貴及高爆炸危_性之問 題。 本發明之氟化劑可消除此等問題,且可進行羧酸之氟化 反應。如此製得之含氟化合物近年來在生命科學諸如醫藥 及農業化學品之領域受到熱切的注意,且其亦為功能性材 料之原料物質。 羧酸氟化_可使用本發明之氟化劑製備如下。 換言之,使Μ化學式(1 2)表示之具有狻酸基圑之化合物 R 15 -C00H (12) 一 37 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), 1T This paper size applies Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 Regulations (210χ 297 公 # 3 8 Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry. This paper standards apply Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 Regulations (210χ 297 F) 530050 kl V. Description of the invention () Tendency to form by-products with difluorinated radicals. However, phenyl difluorocarbon substituted with difluoride can be easily restored to be substituted with fluorine by hydrolysis. Benzene_. The fluorine compound produced by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture through distillation, extraction and other steps. After the reaction is completed, the fluoride used can be recovered in the form of urea. (6) Conventionally, the fluorinating agent used in the conversion reaction of carboxylic acid to fluorinated carbonyl group is SF # tetravalent sulfur compound and trifluorodiethylaminosulfur (hereinafter referred to as DAST). SF 4 can directly convert fluorenyl group Into trifluoromethyl. However, this conversion reaction has the disadvantages of difficult selection of optimal conditions and insufficient yield [Org React ,, 21, 1 (19 9 4)]. Furthermore, SF 4 itself is toxic And corrosive, and there is danger of explosion during the reaction In addition, DAST can effectively fluorinate carboxyl groups and provide carboxylic acid fluorides, and can also be effectively used as the hydroxyl group, carbonyl group and other oxygen-containing fluorinating agents of the first, second and third alcohols. However, D AST has the problems of requiring special manufacturing equipment, being expensive, and having a high explosion hazard. The fluorinating agent of the present invention can eliminate these problems and can perform the fluorination reaction of carboxylic acids. The fluorine-containing compound thus prepared In recent years, it has received enthusiastic attention in the fields of life sciences such as medicine and agricultural chemicals, and it is also a raw material substance of functional materials. Carboxylic acid fluorination can be prepared using the fluorinating agent of the present invention as follows. In other words, the chemical formula of M (1 2) Compounds with fluorenic acid group R 15 -C00H (12)-37-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 其中R $係與Μ上相同,與本發明之氟化劑反應,而製 備Μ化學式(1 2 -1 )表示之酸氟化物: R 15 -C0F (12-1) 其中係與Κ上相同。 可 使 用 於 氟 化 反 應 之 代 表 羧 酸 包 括 例 如 9 甲 酸 乙 酸 丙 酸 、 丁 酸 、 異 丁 酸 Λ 戊 酸 3- 甲 基 丁 酸 Λ 二 甲 基 乙 酸 Λ 己 酸 、 庚 酸 辛 酸 Λ 壬 酸 、 癸 酸 Λ 月 桂 酸 、 肉 豆 酸 棕 欐 酸 、 硬 脂 酸 、 苯 基 乙 酸 ·、 二 苯 基 乙 酸 、 乙 酿 乙 酸 Λ 苯 基 丙 酸 桂 皮 酸 、 草 酸 、 丙 二 酸 、 琥 珀 酸 、 甲 基 琥 珀 酸 、 1, 5 - 戊 Μ 二 羧 酸 、 己 二 酸 Λ 1, 7 - 庚 烧 二 羧 酸 Λ 辛 二 酸 、 壬 二 酸 、 癸 二 酸 十 二 综 二 狻 酸 、 二 十 二 羧 酸 及 其 他 脂 鍵 tJCJ 単 羧 酸 及 二 狻 酸 環 己 烷 狻 酸 、 卜 甲 基 - 1 -環己烷羧酸 2 一 甲 基 -1 -環己烷羧酸、 、3 -甲基- 1- 環 己 烷 羧 酸 1 , 3 - 二 環 己 烷 —▲ 羧 酸 Λ 1, 4- 二 環 己 fet 二 羧 酸 及 其 他 脂 環 翬 及 二 羧 酸 , 苯 甲 酸 % 鄰 甲 笨 酸 、 間 甲 苯 酸 ·、 對 甲 苯 酸 4 - 異 丙 基 苯 甲 酸 、 4 - 第 •zr 基 苯 甲 酸 S m 甲 氧 苯 甲 酸 Λ 間 甲 氧 苯 甲 酸 、 對 甲 氧 苯 甲 酸 \ 甲 氧 苯 甲 酸 Λ 三 甲 氧 苯 甲 酸 Λ 鄰 硝 基 苯 甲 酸 間 硝 基 苯 甲 酸 、 對 硝 基 苯 甲 酸 、 酞 酸 、 間 酞 酸 Λ 對 酞 酸 及 其 他 芳 族 單 羧 酸 及 一 羧 酸 及 吲 一 2 -狻酸 、吲 哚-3-狻酸、菸酸及其他雜環羧酸。然而,對於此等化合 物並無限制。Μ化學式(1 2-1 )表示之酸氟化物化合物可由 對應的羧酸個別地製得。 氟化劑對羧基之量通常為1當量Μ上。 反應通常係在溶謂中進行。對於溶劑並無特殊之限制, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公暫) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 r裝·Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () R R is the same as M and reacts with the fluorinating agent of the present invention to prepare the acid represented by the chemical formula (1 2 -1) Fluoride: R 15 -COF (12-1) where is the same as on K. Representative carboxylic acids that can be used in the fluorination reaction include, for example, 9 formic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, 3-methylbutyric acid, dimethylacetic acid, hexanoic acid, heptanoic acid, nonanoic acid, decanoic acid Acid Λlauric acid, myristic acid palmitic acid, stearic acid, phenylacetic acid, diphenylacetic acid, ethyl acetate phenylphenylpropionate cinnamic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, methylsuccinic acid , 1, 5-pentamethylene dicarboxylic acid, adipic acid Λ 1, 7-heptane dicarboxylic acid Λ suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid dodecanedioic acid, dodecanedioic acid and others Fatty bond tJCJ 単 carboxylic acid and diacetic acid cyclohexane carboxylic acid, p-methyl-1 -cyclohexanecarboxylic acid 2 -methyl-1 -cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 3 -methyl-1-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Acid 1, 3-Dicyclohexane — ▲ carboxylic acid Λ 1, 4-dicyclohexane fet dicarboxylic acid and other alicyclic hydrazones and dicarboxylic acids, benzoic acid% o-methylbenzyl acid, m-toluene Acid ·, p-Toluic acid 4-Isopropylbenzoic acid, 4-Zr-benzoic acid S m Methoxybenzoic acid Λ m-methoxybenzoic acid, p-methoxybenzoic acid \ methoxybenzoic acid Λ trimethoxybenzoic acid Λ-o-nitrobenzoic acid, meta-nitrobenzoic acid, p-nitrobenzoic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, Λ-phthalic acid and other aromatic monocarboxylic acids and monocarboxylic acids, and indole 2-hydrazone, indole- 3-Amino acid, Niacin and other heterocyclic carboxylic acids. However, there are no restrictions on these compounds. The acid fluoride compound represented by the chemical formula (1 2-1) can be prepared individually from the corresponding carboxylic acid. The amount of fluorinating agent to carboxyl group is usually 1 equivalent M. The reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. There are no special restrictions on solvents. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297). (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page. R pack ·

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 只要溶麵不會與所使用之氟化劑及所生成之狻酸氟化物反 應即可。較佳的溶麵為乙腈、二氯甲烷、二氯乙燒、二甲 基甲_胺及1,3-二甲基-2-β米唑啶酮。 反應溫度係視溶劑及狻基之反應性而定,且由反應速度 及副產物抑制之觀點來看通常係在-40至100 °C之範圍内, M-20至80¾較佳。由反應所生成之羧酸氟化物可經由蒸 麵而容易地自反應混合物分離出。 (7 )經由鹵素交換反應氟化 使用金屬氟化物經由鹵素交換反應由除氟化合物外之鹵 素化合物製備氟化合物之方法係正統的方法。被使用過之 其他氟化麵為氟化四丁基銨(TBAF)、TBAF · HP、701 HF-吡啶、及參(二甲胺基-二氟三甲基矽酸鹽(TASF)。 然而,TBAF為吸濕性且在高溫下會分解,因此必須小心謹 慎地操作。TASP有價格昂貴的問題。 應用本發明之氟化劑可經由鹵素交換反應有效地合成氟 化化合物。此反應可利用本發明之氟化劑而將化合物之鹵 素基團與氟基團交換。 可使用具有除氟基團外之鹵素基團之脂鐽或芳族化合售 作為氟化反應之目標化合物。然而,當有一或多個親電子 取代基(例如,硝基、羰基、氰基、三氟甲基或羧基)直接 鍵結至芳環時,直接鍵结至芳環之鹵素基團可更有效地利 用本發明之氟化_氟化ϋ 交換反應之較佳例子係使具有除氟外之鹵原子且Μ化學 式U 3)表示之芳族化合_ : 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公# ) _ 〇 〇 _ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 r裝· 、\呑 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( (X i) d 乂YOb (13) 其中X ^ 為除氟外之鹵原子,d為1至5之整數,Y 1為親 電子取代基,b為1至5之整數,及b + d S 6,與本發明之 氟化_反應而製備Μ化學式(1 3 -1)表示之氟化合物之方法 (F) d -(YOb (13 — 1) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 r裝· 其中Y 1 、b及d係與化學式(1 3 )相同。 具有可被氟基團置換之鹵素基圑之化合物之例子包括, 例如,2 , 4-二硝基氯苯、4-氯硝基苯、2-氯硝基苯、 2,3 , 4 , 5 , 6 -五氯硝基苯、3,4 , 5 , 6 -四氯酞酸酐·、氯化 3,4,5 , 6 -四氯酞隨氯、4,4* -二氯-3 , 3 ? -二硝基二苯甲 画、4-氯三氟甲基苯、4-氯氰苯及4-溴苯甲醛。然而,鹵 素化合物並不限於Μ上之化合物。 此等鹵素化合物個別地提供Μ化學式(1 3 -1 )表示之對應 的氟化合物。 氟化_對待被氟置換之鹵素基團之量為1當量以、上,Μ 1 至1 0當量較佳。 對於溶劑並無特殊之限制,只要溶劑不會與氟化劑、具 有鹵素基團之化合物及反應產物反應即可。較佳的溶劑為 乙腈、二氯甲烷、氯仿、二氯乙烷、1 , 2 -二甲氧乙烷·、二 乙二醇二甲醚、Ν -甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醢胺及1,3 -二 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規掊(210X297公f )Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the 1T. 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () As long as the dissolving surface does not react with the fluorinating agent used and the fluorinated acid fluoride produced. Preferred dissolving surfaces are acetonitrile, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dimethylmethylamine, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-β mizolidinone. The reaction temperature depends on the reactivity of the solvent and the fluorenyl group, and is usually in the range of -40 to 100 ° C from the viewpoint of reaction rate and suppression of by-products, and M-20 to 80¾ is preferred. The carboxylic acid fluoride produced by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture via evaporation. (7) Fluorination via halogen exchange reaction The method of preparing a fluorine compound from a halogen compound other than a fluorine compound via a halogen exchange reaction using a metal fluoride is an orthodox method. Other fluorinated surfaces that have been used are tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF), TBAF · HP, 701 HF-pyridine, and ginseng (dimethylamino-difluorotrimethylsilicate) (TASF). However, TBAF is hygroscopic and decomposes at high temperatures, so it must be handled with care. TASP has the problem of being expensive. The fluorinating agent of the present invention can efficiently synthesize fluorinated compounds through halogen exchange reactions. The fluorinating agent of the invention is used to exchange the halogen group of the compound with the fluorine group. Lipids or aromatic compounds having halogen groups other than the fluorine group can be used as the target compound for the fluorination reaction. However, when there is a When more than one electrophilic substituent (for example, nitro, carbonyl, cyano, trifluoromethyl or carboxyl group) is directly bonded to the aromatic ring, the halogen group directly bonded to the aromatic ring can more effectively utilize the present invention. A good example of the exchange reaction of fluorinated fluorinated hafnium is an aromatic compound having a halogen atom other than fluorine and represented by M chemical formula U 3):: This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297 公 #) _ 〇〇_ (Please read the back Note: Please fill in this page again. \ 装 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ((X i) d 乂 YOb (13) where X ^ is a halogen atom other than fluorine, d is an integer from 1 to 5, and Y 1 is an electrophilic substituent, b is an integer of 1 to 5, and b + d S 6 is a method (F) d for preparing a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (1 3 -1) by reacting with the fluorination reaction of the present invention d -(YOb (13 — 1) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) Y 1, b and d are the same as the chemical formula (1 3). It has a halogen group which can be replaced by a fluorine group. Examples of the compounds include, for example, 2,4-dinitrochlorobenzene, 4-chloronitrobenzene, 2-chloronitrobenzene, 2,3,4,5,6-pentachloronitrobenzene, 3, 4, 5, 6-tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, 3, 4, 5, 6-tetrachlorophthalic acid with chlorine, 4, 4 *-dichloro-3, 3?-Dinitrobenzoic acid, 4 -Chlorotrifluoromethylbenzene, 4-chlorocyanobenzene, and 4-bromobenzaldehyde. However, halogen compounds are not limited to those on M. These halogen compounds individually provide correspondences represented by the chemical formula (1 3 -1) Fluorine compounds. Fluorination-the amount of halogen groups to be replaced by fluorine is 1 The amount is above, and M 1 to 10 equivalents are preferred. There is no particular limitation on the solvent, as long as the solvent does not react with the fluorinating agent, the compound having a halogen group, and the reaction product. The preferred solvent is acetonitrile. , Dichloromethane, chloroform, dichloroethane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and 1,3- Two paper sizes are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Regulations (210X297mmf)

、1T 經濟部中央標率局貝工消費合作社印製 4 0 一 530050 A7 五、發明説明() 甲基-2 -眯唑啶_。 反應溫度Μ在0至150 °C之範圍内較佳,20至110 °C更佳。 由反應所生成之氟化合物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應混 合物分離。氟化劑於水解後可K相關的脲形式回收。 (8 )本發明之氟化劑可適當地用於製備含氟烯烴化合物 。換言之,Μ化學式(25)表示之含氟烯烴化合物:Printed by 1T Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 0 530050 A7 5. Description of the invention The reaction temperature M is preferably in the range of 0 to 150 ° C, and more preferably 20 to 110 ° C. The fluorine compound produced by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture by distillation. The fluorinating agent can be recovered in K-related urea form after hydrolysis. (8) The fluorinating agent of the present invention can be suitably used for preparing a fluorine-containing olefin compound. In other words, the fluorine-containing olefin compound represented by M chemical formula (25):

其中R ίδ至R 1 7為氫原子或具有1至3個碳原子之低碳烷 基*且其可相同或不同;及Ζ為-(Y) n-CHF2、_ (Υ) n_CHF; 或-CO-〇-(Y)n-CH2F,其中Y為-CH2-及η為0或1至5之整數 ,其製備方法包括使Μ化學式(1)表示之氟化劑與Μ化學 式(2 4 )表示之_烴化合物反應Wherein R ίδ to R 1 7 are a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms * and may be the same or different; and Z is-(Y) n-CHF2, _ (Υ) n_CHF; or- CO-〇- (Y) n-CH2F, in which Y is -CH2- and η is an integer of 0 or 1 to 5, the preparation method includes the fluorinating agent represented by M chemical formula (1) and M chemical formula (2 4) Representation of hydrocarbon compounds

經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R 至R 1 7為氫原子或具有1至3個碳原子之低碳烷Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of Didi, where R to R 1 7 are hydrogen atoms or low-carbon alkane with 1 to 3 carbon atoms

基,且其可相同或不同;及X為-ί Y) n-CHO、 -⑴η-C Η 2 OH 、或- C 0 - 0 - ( Y ) η - C Η 2 0 Η,其中 Y 為-C H 2 - a n 為 0 或 1 至 5 之整 數0 使用於本發明中之婦烴並無特殊限制。 可使用之較佳的歸烴化合物包括在分子末端具有醛基團 之輝烴種類(化學式26),在分子末端具有羥基之_烴種類 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X2Q7公#、) , 1 530050 kl B7 五、發明説明( 化學式 及在分子末端具有羥基之烯烴酯(化學式2 8 ) R1 5 R1 / (26) R 16 R15 R〉c=c(/ R16 Υ^ΪΓ-C Η Ο (27)And it may be the same or different; and X is -ί Y) n-CHO, -⑴η-C Η 2 OH, or-C 0-0-(Y) η-C Η 2 0 Η, where Y is- CH 2-an is 0 or an integer 0 to 1 to 5. The feminine used in the present invention is not particularly limited. The preferred hydrocarbon-returning compounds that can be used include fluorinated hydrocarbon species (chemical formula 26) with aldehyde groups at the molecular ends and _hydrocarbon species with hydroxyl groups at the molecular ends. This paper applies Chinese National Standards (CNS) Public #,), 1 530050 kl B7 V. Description of the invention (Chemical formula and olefin esters having a hydroxyl group at the molecular terminal (Chemical formula 2 8)) R1 5 R1 / (26) R 16 R15 R> c = c (/ R16 Υ ^ ΪΓ -C Η Ο (27)

γ 为「-CH2〇Hγ is "-CH2〇H

RR

R (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r裝·R (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) r

R 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 乙二_二甲醚 (28) C7R Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Ethylene Dimethyl Ether (28) C7

II 〇 其中R 15至R 1 7及Y係輿M上相同。 此等録烴化合物係分別將-CHO基圑氟化成-CHF2基團, 及將-CH20H基團氟化成-CH2F基團,並個別提供對應於Μ 上化學式(26)、(27,)及(28)之含氟烯烴化合物。 在Μ化學式Π )表示之氟化_與Μ化學式(2 6 )表示之具 有醒基團之歸烴化合物間之氟化反應中,雙-二烷胺基二 氟甲烷對醛基圑之量為1當量Μ上較佳。當氟化反應係在 Μ化學式(27)或(28)表示之具有羥基之烯烴化合物上進行 詩,雙-二烷胺基二氟甲烷對羥基之量為1當量Μ上較佳ΰ 對於溶_並無特殊之限_,只要溶_為惰性3且不與雙 -二烷胺基二氟甲烷及具有_基團或羥基之_烴化合物反 應即可。較佳的溶爾為乙腈、二氯甲烷、氯仿、二氯乙烷 乙二醇二甲醚、Ν -甲基咁咯啶圈 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規掊(210Χ297公费) -4 2 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 甲基甲釀胺及1,3-二甲基-2-_唑啶麵。 溶劑之量並無特殊限制。然而,由反應效率及可操作性 之觀點來看,其量為物質之1至1 0倍重量較佳。在進行反 應時 5 將鹼諸_第三胺加入 5 Μ捕捉所產生之氟化氫較佳0 反應溫度並無特殊之限制。然而,在具有醛基團之婦烴 化合物之情況中,由反應速度及產物安定性之觀點來看, 溫度儀在0至150C之範園内,·W20至11〇υ較佳。在具有 羥基之燏烴化合物之情況中,湿度係在-40至100 t之範圍 內,Μ - 2 0至8 0 °C較佳。當除去氟化氫係競爭反應時,反 應在儘可能低之溫度下進行較佳。 由反應所生成之氟化合物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應混 合物移除。於反應完成後,雙-二垸胺基二氟甲烷可Μ四 烷基脲之形式回收。 (9)本發明之氟化劑可應用於製備可有效用於聚醯亞胺 之單體之含氟二胺基二苯申圈及含氟二胺基二苯甲烷。 換言之,可由可於工業中容易地取得之3,3夂二硝基 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r裝· 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印t -4 , 4 ’ -二氯二苯甲_製備。說明於下之化合物。II 〇 where R 15 to R 1 7 and Y are the same on M. These hydrocarbon-recording compounds are fluorinated -CHO group to -CHF2 group, and -CH20H group to -CH2F group, respectively, and respectively provide the corresponding formulas (26), (27,) and ( 28) a fluorine-containing olefin compound. In the fluorination reaction between fluorination_ represented by M chemical formula Π) and the homing compound having an awakening group represented by M chemical formula (2 6), the amount of bis-dialkylaminodifluoromethane to aldehyde fluorene is 1 equivalent M is preferred. When the fluorination reaction is performed on an olefin compound having a hydroxyl group represented by the chemical formula (27) or (28), the amount of bis-dialkylaminodifluoromethane to the hydroxyl group is preferably 1 equivalent. There is no particular limitation, as long as the solvent is inert 3 and does not react with bis-dialkylaminodifluoromethane and hydrocarbon compounds having a group or a hydroxyl group. The preferred solvents are acetonitrile, dichloromethane, chloroform, dichloroethane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and N-methylpyrrolidine. This paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Regulations (210 × 297) -4 2 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Methylmethanamine and 1,3-dimethyl-2-azolidine noodles. The amount of the solvent is not particularly limited. However, from the standpoint of reaction efficiency and operability, its amount is preferably 1 to 10 times the weight of the substance. When the reaction is carried out, 5 alkali amines are added to the third amine to capture the generated hydrogen fluoride. The reaction temperature is not particularly limited. However, in the case of a feminine compound having an aldehyde group, from the standpoint of reaction speed and product stability, the thermometer is in the range of 0 to 150C, and W20 to 11 ° is preferred. In the case of a fluorene compound having a hydroxyl group, the humidity is in the range of -40 to 100 t, and M-20 to 80 ° C is preferred. When the hydrogen fluoride-based competitive reaction is removed, the reaction is preferably performed at a temperature as low as possible. The fluorine compound produced by the reaction can be easily removed from the reaction mixture by distillation. After the reaction is completed, the bis-diamidinodifluoromethane can be recovered as M tetraalkylurea. (9) The fluorinating agent of the present invention can be applied to the preparation of a fluorinated diamine diphenyl ring and a fluorinated diamine diphenylmethane which can be effectively used as a monomer of polyimide. In other words, it can be easily obtained in industry from 3,3 夂 dinitro (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -Dichlorobiphenyl _ Preparation. The compounds described below.

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規枱(210Χ297公餘) 4 3 530050 A7 五、發明説明() 使用本發明中之氟化劑可Μ適當的條件製備期望的氟化 合物 ° 節·W上之化學式(a )至(f )所示,3 , 3 '-二硝基 - 4,^-二氯二苯甲_(a)係用於製備4-氯氟-3,3^二 硝基二苯甲_(b)·、雙(3-硝基-4-氯苯基)二氟甲烷(c)、 3, 3、二硝基-4, 4 f-二氟二苯甲酮(d)、4-氯-4 ^氟-3,3、 二硝苯基二氟甲烷U)、及雙(3-硝基-4-氟苯基)二氟甲烷 隨著氟化劑對3,3^二硝基-4, F -二氯二苯甲B之莫耳 比之增加,可製得具有較大數目之被取代氟基團之化合物 。此外,經由製備具有較低數目氟基圑之化合物,並使化 合物與氟化劑反應,亦可製得具有大數目氟基團之化合物 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 例如,氟化合物(f )可經由對原料化合物(a )使用2當量 Μ上之氟化劑而製備得。 反應顯示在Μ上(4)中之_氧的直接轉化成氟,及在Μ 上(7)中利用在芳環上被取代之鹵素之交換反應的氟化反 應可利用本發明之氟化劑容易地進行。溶劑、反應溫度及 其他絛件係根據以上(4)及(7 )中之反應條件。 示於(8 )中之反應係使用本發明之鹵化爾於_化具有酮 或鹵素基團之化合物之其中一較佳具體例。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規拮(210Χ 297公f ) 4 , 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 接下來將說明ib學式ί 1 5 )之鹵化謂。 本發明之鹵化係Μ化學式(1 5 )表示之化合物: R1 R3 丨Ν八 R2/ \R 4 (15)This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 gauge (210 × 297 public) 4 3 530050 A7 V. Description of the invention () Using the fluorinating agent in the present invention can prepare the desired fluorine compound under appropriate conditions ° Section · W As shown in the above chemical formulas (a) to (f), 3,3'-dinitro-4, ^-dichlorodibenzo- (a) is used to prepare 4-chlorofluoro-3,3 ^ dinitro Dibenzoyl_ (b) ·, bis (3-nitro-4-chlorophenyl) difluoromethane (c), 3, 3, dinitro-4, 4 f-difluorobenzophenone ( d), 4-chloro-4 ^ fluoro-3,3, dinitrophenyldifluoromethane U), and bis (3-nitro-4-fluorophenyl) difluoromethane The increase in the molar ratio of 3 ^ dinitro-4, F-dichlorodiphenyl B can produce compounds having a larger number of substituted fluorine groups. In addition, by preparing compounds with a lower number of fluorinated fluorene and reacting the compounds with a fluorinating agent, compounds with a large number of fluorine groups can also be prepared for printing by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Discharge. For example, fluorine compounds (F) can be prepared by using 2 equivalents of a fluorinating agent on the starting compound (a). The reaction shows the direct conversion of oxygen in (4) on M to fluorine, and the fluorination reaction on M (7) using the exchange reaction of halogen substituted on the aromatic ring. The fluorinating agent of the present invention can be used Made easy. The solvent, reaction temperature and other parameters are based on the reaction conditions in (4) and (7) above. The reaction shown in (8) is one of the preferable specific examples using the halogenated compound of the present invention to compound a compound having a ketone or halogen group. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 regulations (210 × 297 male f) 4 and printed by the Ministry of Standards Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The following will explain the ib school formula ί 1 5) Halogenated. The halogenated compound of the present invention is represented by the chemical formula (1 5): R1 R3 丨 N eight R2 / \ R 4 (15)

I X 4 x5- 在化學式(1 5 )中,X 4及)(5為相同或不同的鹵原子,但X 4 及X 5不同時為氟原子、氯原子或溴原子。 X*及 X5之組合為 F-C 卜 F-Br、F-I、C]-Br、C卜I及 I-I 。另外,當X 4及X 5之鹵原子不同時,具有較低原子量之原 子易形成共價鐽,及具有較高原子量之原子有生成離子對 之傾向 ° R5至R4為相同或不同、被取代或未被取代、飽和或不 飽和烷基或被取代或未被取代芳基。R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4 可鐽結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環。^ 及R3可鍵結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子 之環。較佳的烷基或芳基宜具有1至6個碳原子。烷基為直 鍵或分支鐽,即為甲基、乙基、正丙基、烯丙基、異丙基 、正丁基、丁烯基、正己基或苯基,且其可相同或不同。 此外,R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可分別鍵結而形成具有氮原 子及3至5個碳原子之雜環。此種環之例子為吡咯啶環及六 氫啪啶環。 此外,R 1及R 3可鐽結而形成包括兩個氮原子之5或6員 雜環,諸如_唑啶環、蹄唑啶麵環、嘧啶環及嘧啶_環ΰ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公犛) -4 5 - (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)IX 4 x5- In the chemical formula (1 5), X 4 and) (5 are the same or different halogen atoms, but X 4 and X 5 are not fluorine, chlorine or bromine atoms at the same time. Combination of X * and X5 It is FC, F-Br, FI, C] -Br, C, I and II. In addition, when the halogen atoms of X 4 and X 5 are different, atoms with lower atomic weight are liable to form covalent europium, and have higher fluorene. Atomic weight atoms tend to form ion pairs. R5 to R4 are the same or different, substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. ^ And R3 may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. Preferred alkyl or aryl groups are preferred Has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl is a straight or branched fluorene, which is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, allyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, butenyl, n-hexyl or phenyl And they may be the same or different. In addition, R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be respectively bonded to form a heterocyclic ring having a nitrogen atom and 3 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of such rings Pyrrolidine ring and hexahydropyrimidine ring. In addition, R 1 and R 3 may be combined to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring including two nitrogen atoms, such as a pyrazidine ring, a pyridazolium ring, a pyrimidine ring, and Pyrimidine _ ring ΰ This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297 public 牦) -4 5-(Read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() Μ化學式U 5 )表示之鹵化劑之較佳實際例子包括Μ下化 合物。然而,本發明之範圍並不受限於此等擧例的鹵化劑。 氯化爾之例子包括: 四甲基-2-氟甲_鐵=氯化物, 四乙基-2 -氟甲脒氯化物, 四正丙基-2-氟甲_鐵=氯化物, 四異丙基-2-氟甲脒鍾=氯化物, 四正丁基-2-氟甲脒鐵=氯化物, 四正戊基-2 -氟甲脒鍾==氯化物, 四正己基-2-氟甲脒鐵=氯化物, 2 -氟-1,3 -二甲基眯唑啭钂=氯化物, 2 -氟-1 , 3 -二乙基_唑啭鐵Ξ氯化物, 2 -氟-1 , 3 -二正丙基_唑啉钂=氯化物, 2-氟-1,3 -二正丁基蹄唑啭鐵=氯化物, 2 -氟-1 , 3 _二正戊基眯哇啉鐵=氯化鞠, 氟-1,3-二正己基蹄唑啭_ =氯化物, Ν,Ν -二甲基-fT , -甲基苯基一氟甲脒鐵=氯化物,及 氟-雙(1 -六氫吡啶基)甲基鍵=氯化物c 溴化蘭之例子包括: 四甲基-2-氟甲脒_=溴化物, 四乙基-2-氟甲脒_=溴化物, 四正丙基-2-氟甲溴化物, 四異丙基-2-氟甲脒鐵=溴化锪, 四正丁基-2-氟甲眯鐵=溴化物, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公# ) , p (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r裝· 訂 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 四正戊基-2-氟甲脒_ =溴化物, 四正己基-2-氟甲脒鐵=溴化物, 2 -氟-1,3 -二甲基輝&gt; $坐啉鍾=溴化物, 2 -氟-1 s 3 -二乙基蹄哇嚇鍾=漠化物 5 2 -氟-ί , 3 -二正丙基輝哇琳鐵=溴化勸, 2 -氟-1,3 -二正]基_唑_鐵=溴化物, 2 -氟-1,3 -二正戊基眯唑啉鐵=溴化物, 2-氟-1,3-二正己基蹄唑«鐵=溴化物, N , N -二甲基-N、-二甲基苯基-氟甲脒鍾=溴化鞍f 氟-雙(1 -六氫吡啶基)甲基鐵=溴化物, 四甲基-2-氯甲歸鐵=溴化物, 四乙基~2*~氯申脉_ =溴化物* 2 -氯-1 , 3 -二Φ基蹄唑啭鐵=溴化物,及 2-氯-1,3 -二乙基_唑喵鐵=溴化物。 碘化_之例子包括: 四甲基-Z -氟甲肺麵=碘化物, 四乙基-2-氟甲脒鐵=碘化物, 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 四正丙基-2 -氟甲輝鐵=礫化物, 四異丙基-2 -氟甲脒鐵=读化物, 四正丁基-2 _氟甲脒鐵=碘化物, 四正戊基-2 -氟甲脒_=碘化物, 四正己基-2 -氟甲輝鐵=碘化物, 2 -氟-1 , 3 -二甲基_唑咐鐵=化物, 2 -氟~ 1 , 3 -二乙基_唑嚇鐵=峨化物, 4 7 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公# ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (M) Chemical formula U 5) The preferred practical examples of the halogenating agent include the following compounds. However, the scope of the present invention is not limited to these exemplified halogenating agents. Examples of chloride include: tetramethyl-2-fluoromethyl-iron = chloride, tetraethyl-2-fluoromethylsulfonium chloride, tetra-n-propyl-2-fluoromethyl-iron = chloride, tetraiso Propyl-2-fluoromethylsulfonium benzyl chloride = chloride, tetra-n-butyl-2-fluoromethylsulfonium iron = chloride, tetra-n-pentyl-2 -fluoromethylsulfonium methylbenzene == chloride, tetra-n-hexyl-2- Iron formamidine = chloride, 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyloxazolidine = chloride, 2-fluoro-1, 3-diethyl-oxazolium ironsulfonium chloride, 2-fluoro- 1, 3 -di-n-propyl_oxazoline 钂 = chloride, 2-fluoro-1,3-di-n-butylhoetozolium iron = chloride, 2-fluoro-1, 3 _di-n-pentyl 眯 owa Ferroline = Chlorinium chloride, Fluoro-1,3-di-n-hexylhexazolidine = = chloride, Ν, Ν -dimethyl-fT, -methylphenyl monofluoromethane iron = chloride, and fluorine -Bis (1-hexahydropyridyl) methyl bond = chloride c Examples of bromide blue include: tetramethyl-2-fluoroformamidine_ = bromide, tetraethyl-2-fluoroformamidine_ = bromide Compounds, tetra-n-propyl-2-fluoromethyl bromide, tetra-isopropyl-2-fluoromethane iron = fluoride bromide, tetra-n-butyl-2-fluoromethane iron = bromide, this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge Taiwan (210X29 7 公 #), p (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) r Binding · Order A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Tetra-n-pentyl-2-fluoromethylfluorene_ = bromide, tetra-n-hexyl- 2-fluoroformamidine iron = bromide, 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethylfluoride &gt; $ xoroline clock = bromide, 2-fluoro-1 s 3 -diethylhexyl chloride = desert 5 2 -fluoro-ί, 3 -di-n-propylfervalin iron = bromide, 2-fluoro-1,3-di-n-] yl_azole_iron = bromide, 2-fluoro-1,3 -di N-pentyloxazoline iron = bromide, 2-fluoro-1,3-di-n-hexylhexazolium «iron = bromide, N, N-dimethyl-N, -dimethylphenyl-fluoromethane Bell = bromide saddle f fluoro-bis (1-hexahydropyridyl) methyl iron = bromide, tetramethyl-2-chloromethanyl iron = bromide, tetraethyl ~ 2 * ~ chloroshenmai_ = Bromide * 2-chloro-1,3-diΦoxazolyl iron = bromide, and 2-chloro-1,3-diethyl-oxazonium iron = bromide. Examples of iodination include: Tetramethyl-Z-fluoromethyl lung surface = iodide, tetraethyl-2-fluoroformammonium iron = iodide, Tetra-n-propyl printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs- 2 -Fluoroformyl iron = gravel compound, tetraisopropyl-2 -fluoromethylpyridine iron = reading compound, tetra-n-butyl-2 _fluroformyl iron = iodide, tetra-n-pentyl-2 -fluoromethane _ = Iodide, Tetra-n-hexyl-2 -fluoromethylene ferrofluoride = Iodide, 2-Fluoro-1, 3 -dimethyl_azole, Iron = Compound, 2-Fluoro ~ 1, 3-diethyl_azole Scared iron = Echemical, 4 7 This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 gauge Taiwan (210X297 公 #) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 2-氟-1,3-二正丙基晴唑喵鐵=碘化物, 2-氟-1,3 -二正丁基_唑啭钂=碘化物, 2 -氟-1 5 3 -二正戊基咪唑啭鐵=碘化物, 2 -氟-1,3 -二正己基眯唑啉鍾=碘化物, N,N -二甲基-Η、ΙΓ -二甲基苯基-氟甲脒鐵=碘化物, 氟-雙(1-六氫吡啶基)甲基鐵=碘化_, 四甲基-2-氯甲_鍾=碘化物* 四乙基-2-氯甲眯鍾=碘化物, 2 -氯-1,3 -二甲基眯唑«鐵=碘化物, 2-氯-I 3-二乙基_唑啉鐵=碘化物, 四甲基-2 -碘甲脒議=碘化物, 四乙基-2 - 甲輝碘化物, 2 -磺-1 , 3 -二甲基_唑啭I纏=碘化物, 2 ~鎮-],3 -二乙基_唑嚇鐵=碘化物。 四烷基-氟甲Ρ ί_ =鹵化物係較佳化合物,且可與醇在相 當溫和的條件下反應,Κ致可經由使相反離子(X 5)與在以 化學式(1 5 )表示之化合物上之醇羥基交換而製得鹵素化合 物0 特佳的化合物為: 以化學式(18)表示之2 -氟-1,3 -二甲基眯唑_麵=氯化物: H3 C—Ν N—C Η3 F Cl — 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規枱(210X29D&gt;# ) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 2-Fluoro-1,3-di-n-propyl azoxyzolium iron = iodide, 2-fluoro-1,3 -di-n-butyl_azole hydrazone = iodide, 2- Fluoride-1 5 3 -di-n-pentylimidazolium iron = iodide, 2-fluoro-1,3-di-n-hexyloxazoline clock = iodide, N, N-dimethyl-fluorene, Γ-dimethyl Phenylphenyl-fluoromethane iron = iodide, fluoro-bis (1-hexahydropyridyl) methyl iron = iodide_, tetramethyl-2-chloromethyl_bell = iodide * tetraethyl-2 -Chloroformamidine = iodide, 2-chloro-1,3-dimethyloxazole «iron = iodide, 2-chloro-I 3-diethyl_oxazoline iron = iodide, tetramethyl- 2 -iodoformamidine = iodide, tetraethyl-2-methosium iodide, 2-sulfo-1, 3-dimethyl_oxazonium I = iodide, 2 ~ zhen-], 3-di Ethyl_azole iron = iodide. Tetraalkyl-fluoromethyl P ί_ = halide is a preferred compound, and can react with alcohol under relatively mild conditions. K can be obtained by making the opposite ion (X 5) and the compound represented by the chemical formula (1 5) The halogen compound 0 prepared by the above alcohol hydroxyl exchange is particularly preferable: 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyloxazole represented by the chemical formula (18) _face = chloride: H3 C—N N—C Η3 F Cl — This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 gauge (210X29D &gt;#) (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page

、1T 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明( Μ化學式U 9 )表示之 甲基_唑啭鍾::漠化物 H3 C—Ν ι N—C Η (19) F B r K化學式(20)表示之2 -氟-1,3-&quot;二甲基眯唑碘化物 H3 C—N + . N—C Η (20) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁1T 530050 A7 B7 V. Methyl_oxazonium bell represented by the description of the invention (M chemical formula U 9) :: desert H3 C—N ι N—C Η (19) FB r K chemical formula (20) 2- Fluoro-1,3- &quot; Dimethyloxazole iodide H3 C—N +. N—C Η (20) (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page

F Μ化學式(21)表示之2-氯-1,3-二甲基_唑啭議=溴化物F Μ 2-Chloro-1,3-dimethyl_azole represented by chemical formula (21) = bromide

Hs C—N + . N—C Η (21) 訂Hs C—N +. N—C Η (21) Order

C B r M化學式(22)表示之2-氯-1 , 3-二甲基眯唑啉麵=鎮化物: 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Η 3 C —N + . Ν — C Η (22)CB r M 2-Chloro-1,3-dimethyloxazoline noodles represented by chemical formula (22) = town compounds: printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Η 3 C —N +. Ν — C Η ( twenty two)

C Μ化學式(23)表示之2-磷_1 , 3-二甲基咪唑啭議=碘化物 Η 3 C —N + . Ν — C Η (23) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公# 49 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 此等鹵化麵可應用至本發明之Μ上各種鹵化反應中。 期望的鹵素化合物分別可經由根據Μ上反應利用適當的 _化劑進行期望的鹵化反應而製得。 洌節,利用此等Λ化劑鹵化醇羥基可選擇性地提供相反 離子(X 5)在化學式(1 5 )上之鹵素化合物。 換言之,使Μ化學式Π 1 )表示之含醇羥基之化合物: R 11 -0Η (8) 其中R u為被取代或未被取代烷基,且其中可包含不飽 和基團,與Μ化學式(]5 )表示之鹵化劑反應; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 r裝_C 2 -Phosphorus_1,3-dimethylimidazole represented by chemical formula (23) = iodideΗ 3 C —N +. Ν — C Η (23) The paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specifications (210X 297 公 # 49 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () These halogenated surfaces can be applied to various halogenation reactions in the present invention. The desired halogen compounds can be used by the appropriate reaction agent according to the reaction on the M It can be obtained by carrying out a desired halogenation reaction. In this section, halogenated alcoholic hydroxyl groups using these Λ-forming agents can selectively provide a halogen compound of the opposite ion (X 5) in the chemical formula (1 5). In other words, make the chemical formula Π 1 Compound containing alcoholic hydroxyl group represented by): R 11 -0Η (8) where R u is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and which may contain an unsaturated group, and react with a halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula () 5) ; (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page.

、1T, 1T

X 4 χ5 其中X 4、X 5、及R 1至R 4儀與Μ上相同,而製備Μ化學 式《8 - 1 )表示之氟化合物: R11 - X5 (8-2) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中為被取代或未被取代烷基,且其中可包含不飽 和基團,及X 5為鹵原子。 可使用於此反應之醇羥基化合物之例子包括甲醇、乙醇 、正丙_、正丁醇、異丁醇、2 -甲基丁醇、正戊醇、新戊 醇、異戊_、正己_、2 -甲基戊醇、2 -乙基丁醇、正壬醇 、3 , 5 5 5 -三甲基己醇、正癸醇、正十一醇、正十二醇、烯 丙醇、甲基烯丙醇、巴豆醇、苯甲醇、苯乙醇、桂皮酵、 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規枱(21〇X29h&gt;$ ) Γ Α 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 2 -丙炔醇及其他第一醇;及異丙醇、第二丁醇、第二戊醇 、第二異戊醇、1 -乙基戊醇、1 , 3 -二甲基丁 _、1 -甲基己 醇、1-乙基戊醇、1-乙基丙醇、4 -甲基-2 -戊醇、1-甲基 己醇、1 -乙基戊醇、1 -甲基庚醇、環己醇、2 -甲基環己醇 、3 -甲基環己醇、4 -甲基環己醇、第二苯乙醇及其他第二 醇;及第三丁醇、第三戊醇、1 _甲基環己醇、α -萜品醇及 其他第三醇。然而,醇羥基化合物並不限於此等化合物。 鹵化_對醇羥基之量通常為1當量Μ上。對於溶劑並無 特殊之限制,只要溶劑不會與反應基質、反應試劑及反應 產物反應即可。溶劑為乙腈、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、乙二 醇二甲_、二乙二醇二甲醚、二甲基甲藤胺、1,3 -二甲基 -2 - _唑陡II、苯、甲苯及己_較佳。 反應溫度通常為-4 0至1 0 0 °C ,Μ - 2 0至8 0 °C較佳。生成 產物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應混合物分離出。 此外,反應可在鹵化氫捕捉麵·、鹼及酸催化劑之存在下 進行,只要此等物質不會對K化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化麵含 氧官能化合物及反應產物產生不利影響即可。 由反應所生成之鹵素化合物可經由蒸麵而容易地自反應 混合物分離出。當Μ化學式U 5)表示之化合物保持未反應 時,可經由加入碳酸氫__捕捉所產生的鹵化氫。 此外,於反應完成後,可Μ相關之脲形式回收Μ化學式 (1 5 )表示之鹵化麵。 Μ化學式(12-2)表示之羧酸齒化物: R 15 -COXg Π2-2) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X 297公# ) r n (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r裝· 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 其中R 15為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,及X s為Μ化學式(1 5 &gt;中之X 4或 X 5表示之鹵原子,可經由使Μ化學式(1 2 )表示之羧酸化合 物: R 15 -C00H (12) 其中R %係與化學式(1 2 -2 )相同,與Μ化學式(1 5 )表示 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 之 Κ 上 的 鹵 化 劑 反 應 而 製 備 得 0 所 生 成 -&gt; 羧 酸 鹵 化 物 基 團 具 有 個 別 對 懕 於 化 學 式 (15) 中 之 Χ4 及 χ5 鹵 原 子 〇 當 在 化 學 式 (1 5) 之 鹵 化 劑 上 之 X4 為 F 及 X 5 為 Br 時 生 成 羧 酸 溴 化 物 ·、 羧 酸 氟 化 物 及 羧 酸 酐 及 狻 酸 氟 fb 物 具 有 最 高 的 選 擇 性 〇 當 在 化 學 式 (15) 之 鹵 化 劑 上 之 'U 為 F及X 5為I 時 生 成 羧 酸 碘 化 物 羧 酸 氟 化 物 及 狻 酸 酐 及 狻 酸 氟 η 1C 物 具 有 較 局 的 選 擇 性 〇 無 法 證 實 羧 酸 磉 化 物 之 生 成 〇 具 有 羧 基 且 可 使 用 於 反 愿 之 代 表 化 合 物 包 括 例 如 甲 酸 乙 酸 丙 酸 丁 酸 異 丁 酸 戊 酸 、 3 - 甲 基 丁 酸 、 甲 坌 乙 酸 己 酸 庚 酸 Λ 辛 酸 Λ 壬 酸 、 癸 酸 月 桂 酸 肉 豆 蔻 酸 棕 濶 酸 、 脂 酸 、 本 基 乙 酸 、 二 苯 基 乙 酸 .、 乙 釀 乙 酸 \ 苯 基 丙 酸 、 桂 皮 酸 Λ 草 酸 、 丙 二 酸 、 琥 珀 酸 Λ 甲 基 琥 珀 酸 1 , 5 - 二 狻 酸 己 酸 、 1, 庚 燒 羧 酸 Λ 辛 二 酸 Λ 壬 二 酸 癸 二 酸 、 十 二 羧 酸 、 二 十 fee 接 酸 及 苴 他 脂 鏈 単 羧 酸 及 二 羧 酸 rms m 己 基 羧 酸 1- 甲 基 -1 -環己 基 羧 酸 、 〇 _ .甲 基 -1 -環己基羧酸· 、3 -甲基- 1- 環 己 基 酸 1, 3- •二 環 己 基 二 羧 酸 、 1 , 4- •二 環 己 基 狻 酸 及 其 他 脂 簞 羧 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公# ) 5 2 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 酸及二羧酸;苯甲酸、_甲苯酸、間甲苯酸、對甲苯酸、 4 -異丙基苯甲酸、4 -第三丁基苯甲酸、鄰甲氧苯甲酸、間 甲氧苯甲酸、對甲氧苯甲酸、二甲氧苯甲酸、三甲氧苯甲 酸、鄰硝基苯甲酸、間硝基苯申酸、對硝基苯甲酸、酞酸 、間酞酸、對酞酸及其他芳族單狻酸及二羧酸;喵哚-2-駿酸、s?f唾-3 -竣酸、酸及其他雜環羧酸。然而,後基 化合物並不龈於此等化合物。 鹵化麵對羧基之量通常為1當量Μ上。對於溶_並無特 殊之限制,只要溶劑不會與反應基質、反應試劑及生成產 書反應即可。較佳的溶劑為乙膳·、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、 乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二甲基甲醯胺、1 , 3 -二 甲基-2 - _唑啶嗣、苯及甲苯。 反應溫度通常為-40至lOOt,Μ-20至801較佳。生成 產物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應混合物分離出。 此外,可將_化氫捕捉麵、鹼及酸催化劑加至反應系統 中,只要此等物質不會對Μ化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化劑、含 氧官能化合物及反應產物產生不利影響即可。 由反應所生成之鹵素化合物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應 混合物分離出。 當Μ化學式(15)表示之化合物保持未反應時,可經由加 入碳酸氫納而捕捉所產生的鹵化氫。 再者,於反應完成後,可Μ相關之脲形式回收以通式 (1 5 )表示之鹵化_ ύ Μ化學式U. 0 - 2 )表示之氟化合物: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規拮(210'乂297公餘) -5 ό - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)X 4 χ 5 Among which X 4, X 5, and R 1 to R 4 are the same as those on M, and a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula "8-1" is prepared: R11-X5 (8-2) Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer cooperatives print which are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and which may contain unsaturated groups, and X 5 is a halogen atom. Examples of alcoholic hydroxy compounds that can be used in this reaction include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, 2-methylbutanol, n-pentanol, neopentyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, n-hexane alcohol, 2-methylpentanol, 2-ethylbutanol, n-nonanol, 3, 5 5 5-trimethylhexanol, n-decanol, n-undecanol, n-dodecanol, allyl alcohol, methyl Allyl alcohol, crotonyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, phenylethanol, cinnamon ferment, this paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 regulations (21 × 29h &gt; $) Γ Α Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 530050 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () 2-propynol and other first alcohols; and isopropanol, second butanol, second pentanol, second isoamyl alcohol, 1-ethylpentanol, 1, 3 -Dimethylbutanol, 1-methylhexanol, 1-ethylpentanol, 1-ethylpropanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-methylhexanol, 1-ethylpentanol Alcohol, 1-methylheptanol, cyclohexanol, 2-methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 4-methylcyclohexanol, second phenylethanol and other second alcohols; and third Butanol, tertiary pentanol, 1-methylcyclohexanol, α-terpineol, and He third alcohol. However, the alcoholic hydroxy compound is not limited to these compounds. The amount of halogenated p-alcoholic hydroxyl groups is usually 1 equivalent M. There is no particular limitation on the solvent, as long as the solvent does not react with the reaction matrix, reaction reagent, and reaction product. The solvents are acetonitrile, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dimethyl ether dimethyl ether, dimethyl methylamine, 1,3-dimethyl-2-oxazole II, benzene , Toluene and hexane are preferred. The reaction temperature is usually -40 to 100 ° C, and preferably M-20 to 80 ° C. The resulting product can be easily separated from the reaction mixture via distillation. In addition, the reaction may be performed in the presence of a hydrogen halide capture surface, an alkali, and an acid catalyst, as long as these materials do not adversely affect the oxygen-containing functional compound of the halogenated surface represented by the chemical formula (15) and the reaction product. The halogen compound produced by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture via steaming. When the compound represented by M chemical formula U 5) remains unreacted, the generated hydrogen halide can be captured by adding hydrogen carbonate. In addition, after the completion of the reaction, the halogenated surface represented by the chemical formula (15) can be recovered in the form of urea in the related form. The carboxylic acid dentate represented by the chemical formula (12-2): R 15 -COXg Π2-2) The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X 297 公 #) rn (Read the precautions on the back before reading (Fill in this page again.) Pack 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () where R 15 is substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and X s is M The halogen atom represented by X 4 or X 5 in the chemical formula (1 5 &gt;) can be obtained by using a carboxylic acid compound represented by the chemical formula (1 2): R 15 -C00H (12) where R% is the same as the chemical formula (1 2- 2) It is the same as M, where the chemical formula (1 5) represents 0 produced by reacting the halogenating agent on the K printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs.-> The carboxylic acid halide group has an individual opposite to the chemical formula. X4 and χ5 halogen atoms in (15). When X4 on the halogenating agent of chemical formula (15) is F and X 5 is Br, carboxylic acid bromide, carboxylic acid fluoride, carboxylic acid anhydride, and fluoric acid fluoride are formed. fb has the highest Selectivity. When 'U is F and X 5 is I on the halogenating agent of chemical formula (15), carboxylic acid iodide, carboxylic acid fluoride, acetic anhydride, and fluorenic acid η 1C are more selective. The formation of carboxylic acid halides cannot be confirmed. Representative compounds with carboxyl groups that can be used for reluctance include, for example, formic acid, acetate, propionate, butyrate, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, 3-methylbutyric acid, formazan acetate, hexanoic acid, heptanoic acid, Λ-octanoic acid. Λ nonanoic acid, capric acid lauric myristic acid palmitic acid, fatty acid, phenylacetic acid, diphenylacetic acid, acetic acid \ phenylpropionic acid, cinnamic acid Λ oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid Λ a Succinic acid 1, 5 -diacetic acid hexanoic acid, 1, heptane carboxylic acid Λ suberic acid Λ azelaic acid sebacic acid, dodecanoic acid, icosyl fatty acid and glutamate chain carboxylic acid and Dicarboxylic acid rms m hexylcarboxylic acid 1-methyl-1 -Cyclohexylcarboxylic acid, 〇_.methyl-1 -cyclohexylcarboxylic acid, 3-methyl-1 -cyclohexyl acid 1,3- • dicyclohexyldicarboxylic acid, 1, 4- • dicyclohexyl Acetic acid and other lipids Carboxylic paper This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X297 公 #) 5 2 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Distillation 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Carboxylic acids; benzoic acid, benzoic acid, m-toluic acid, p-toluic acid, 4-isopropylbenzoic acid, 4-tert-butylbenzoic acid, o-methoxybenzoic acid, m-methoxybenzoic acid, p-methoxy Benzoic acid, dimethoxybenzoic acid, trimethoxybenzoic acid, o-nitrobenzoic acid, m-nitrobenzoic acid, p-nitrobenzoic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and other aromatic monofluoric acids And dicarboxylic acids; metoin-2-junic acid, s? F sialo-3-junic acid, acids and other heterocyclic carboxylic acids. However, back-based compounds do not lie on these compounds. The amount of halogenated facing carboxyl group is usually 1 equivalent M. There are no special restrictions on solvents, as long as the solvent does not react with the reaction matrix, reagents, and production books. Preferred solvents are ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dimethylformamide, 1, 3-dimethyl-2- _ Amidazine, benzene and toluene. The reaction temperature is usually -40 to 100 t, and preferably M-20 to 801. The resulting product can be easily separated from the reaction mixture via distillation. In addition, _hydrogen capture surface, alkali and acid catalyst can be added to the reaction system, as long as these materials will not adversely affect the halogenating agent, oxygen-containing functional compound and reaction product represented by the chemical formula (15) . The halogen compound formed by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction mixture by distillation. When the compound represented by the chemical formula (15) remains unreacted, the generated hydrogen halide can be captured by adding sodium bicarbonate. In addition, after the reaction is completed, the fluorine compound represented by the halogenated _ Μ Μ chemical formula U. 0-2) can be recovered in the form of urea in the form of M: The paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 regulations (210 '乂 297 public) -5 ό-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

530050 A7 137 五、發明説明() R - C Η ί X 7 ) 2 U0 - 2) 其中R 12為被取代或未被取代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或 被取代或未被取代芳基,及X 7為Μ化學式(1 5)中之X 4或 Χ5表示之鹵原子,及兩Χ7 不相同,可經由使Μ化學式( 1 0 )表示之醛化合_ : R 12 -CHO (10) 其中R 12係與化學式(1 0 - 2 )相同,與Κ上的鹵化劑反應 而製備得。 當使用在化學式(15)中之Χ4為F及Χ5為C1之鹵化劑於鹵 化甲釀基時,觀察到甲醯基轉化成氯氟甲基及二氯甲基。 在此情況,可Μ較高的選擇性製得氯氟甲基。 具有可_化甲酿基之化合物的例子包括,例如,申醛、 乙醛、丙醛、丁醛、異丁醛、戊醛、異戊醛、己醛、庚® 、辛醛、壬醛、癸醛及其他脂鐽醛;苯甲醛、對硝基苯甲 醒、對甲氧基苯甲醛、酞醛、鮝甲醛及其他芳族醛;環己 烷狻醛及其他脂環醛;及菸鹼醛、咲喃甲醛及其他雜環_ 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 物 合 化 等 此為 於常 限通 不量 並之 物基 合醢 化 甲 醛對 ? 0 而 化 然 鹵 當 ir Μ 無 並 劑 溶 Μ 對 應烷 反 乙 及 氯 劑 二 試 、 應烷 反 甲 、 氯 質 二 基 、 應腈 反 乙 與為 會 劑 不 溶 劑 的 溶 佳 要較 只 C- , 可 $ I 限應 之 反 殊鞠 特產 胺 甲 基 甲二 醚 甲二 醇二 乙二_ 甲二 醇二 乙 苯 甲 及 苯 _ 啶 睡 峰 I 2 i 基 甲 至 較 ο P ο 0 ri 1—i 分 至物 ο V 2 合 Μ 混 , 應 t;反 ο 5 自 地 易 為容 常 而 通餾 度蒸 溫由 應經 反 可 物 產 應 反 5 4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規拮(210X2Q7公费) 530050 A7 五、發明説明() 此外,反應可在_化氫捕捉劑、鹼及酸催化_之存在下 進行,只要此等鞠質不會對Μ化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化翻}、 含氧官能化合物及反應產審產生不利憲響即可。 由反應所生成之鹵化化合物可經由蒸餾而容易地自反應 ®合物分離出。當Μ化學式(15)表示之鹵化劑保持未反應 時,可經由加入碳酸氫Μ而捕捉所產生的鹵化氫。 此外,於反應完成後,可Μ相Μ之脲形式回收Μ化學式 Π 5 )表示之鹵化麵。 此等Μ化學式(1 5 )至(1 7 )表示之鹵化_可經由使Μ化學 式(1 4 )表示之化合物: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 r裝. R1 /R3 、+ . Ν 八 R2,以530050 A7 137 V. Description of the invention () R-C Η X 7) 2 U0-2) where R 12 is substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, And X 7 is a halogen atom represented by X 4 or X 5 in the chemical formula (1 5) of M, and the two X 7 are different, and can be compounded through an aldehyde represented by the chemical formula of M (1 0):: R 12 -CHO (10) where R 12 is the same as the chemical formula (1 0-2) and is prepared by reacting with a halogenating agent on K. When the halogenating agent X4 is F and X5 is C1 in the chemical formula (15) when methyl halide is halogenated, the methylformyl group is observed to be converted into chlorofluoromethyl and dichloromethyl. In this case, chlorofluoromethyl can be obtained with higher selectivity. Examples of compounds having a methylenyl group include, for example, Shenaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, valeraldehyde, isovaleraldehyde, hexanal, heptyl, octaldehyde, nonanal, Decanal and other alicyclic aldehydes; benzaldehyde, p-nitrobenzaldehyde, p-methoxybenzaldehyde, phthalaldehyde, fluorenaldehyde and other aromatic aldehydes; cyclohexane aldehyde and other alicyclic aldehydes; and nicotine Aldehyde, pyranaldehyde and other heterocyclic rings_ Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Distillation, etc. This is a material-based combination of formaldehyde, which does not vary in the limit, and 0 Μ Solvents with no blending agents are available for the second test of alkane transethyl and chlorine agents, alkane transmethyl, chlorinated diyl, nitrile transethyl, and the solvent of solvent is better than that of C- only. In contrast, the special product amine methyl methyl ether ether glycol diethylene glycol_diethylene glycol diethyl benzyl and benzene pyrimidine peak I 2 i is based on ο P ο 0 ri 1—i. V 2 is mixed with Μ, should be t; reaction ο 5 is easy to be normal, and the distillation temperature is determined by the reaction 5 4 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 regulation (210X2Q7 public expense) 530050 A7 V. Description of the invention () In addition, the reaction can be carried out in the presence of _ hydrogen capture agent, alkali and acid catalysis_, so long as this The isocyanate will not adversely affect the halogenation of the chemical formula (15), the oxygen-containing functional compounds, and the reaction. The halogenated compound formed by the reaction can be easily separated from the reaction compound by distillation. When the halogenating agent represented by Chemical Formula (15) remains unreacted, the generated hydrogen halide can be captured by adding hydrogen carbonate M. In addition, after completion of the reaction, the halogenated surface represented by the chemical formula (M) (5) can be recovered in the urea form of phase M. The halogenation of these M chemical formulas (1 5) to (1 7) can be achieved by making the compound represented by M chemical formula (1 4): (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page. . Ν Eight R2, with

R (14) 、-口R (14), -port

I X 2 X 其中X 2及X 3為氯或溴原子;R 1至R 4為被取代或未被取 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 代、飽和或不飽和烷基、或被取代或未被取代芳基,且其 可相同或不同;R 1及R 2或R 3及R 4可鐽結而形成包括氮 原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環;或及1?3可鍵結而形 成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環,輿期望鹵素之 鹼金屬鹽在惰性溶劑中進行鹵素交換反應而安全且容易地 製得。 可將Μ化學式U 5)表示之化合犓原封不動地使用作為氯 化劑或溴化麵。然而,為製得具有高反應性之鹵化麵,經 由與氟之鹼金屬鹽諸如氟化鉋、氟化酶、氟化鉀或氟化鈉 5 5 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公# ) 530050 ΕΠ 五、發明説明() 反應,而製髓四烷基-2_氟甲脉鍾=氯化物,旦其可使用作 為氯化爾或溴化劑ϋ 為由在X 2及X 3之位置上具有氯原子之化合物製備溴化 _ί,可使用溴化鈉、溴化鉀及其他溴之鹼金屬鹽。 當須要碘化劑時,可使用職化筢、碘化_、碘化鉀及碘 化納。 Μ化學式U 5 )表示之鹵化劑係由Μ化學式(1 4 &gt;表示之化 合物Μ如前所逑之方式製備得。 在製備在本發明中Μ化學式(1 5)表示之鹵化劑時,使用 於鹵素交換反應之鹵素之鹼金屬鹽對Μ化學式(1 4)表示之 化合物之量為2當量Μ上較佳,2至5當量更佳。當其量低 於2當量時,不令入滿意地保持未交換的氯化物。另一方 面,超過5當量之量並無法充分地改良產率。 對使用於_素交換反應之溶劑並無特殊之限制,只要溶 蘭不與Μ化學式U 4)表示之化合物及反應產物反應即可。 較佳的溶劑為乙腈、二甲基甲釀胺、1 , 3 -二甲基-2 -眯唑 啶麵、二氯甲烷及二氯乙烷。 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消費合作社印製 溶劑之量並無特殊之限制。然而,由反應效率及可操作 性的觀點來看,較佳量係反應基質之1至10倍重量。 由反應速度及生成化合物之安定性之觀點來看,反應溫 度通常餘在-2 0至1 5 0 之範圍內,Μ 0至1 0 0 °C較佳。碘化 劑在0至8 0 &quot;C之範圜內在氮氣中在遮光下製備,Μ抑制 碘化劑之氧化較佳。 Μ上的鹵素交換反應亦可在相轉移催化劑諸如第四烷基 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X29D&gt;i ) _ „ 530050 kl B7 五、發明説明() 銨鹽及第四烷基鱗鹽之共同存在下進行。可將包含所生成 之K化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化劑之反應混合物原封不動地使 用於下一個鹵化反應,或可於過濾無機鹽並餾除溶劑後再 使用於下一個鹵化反應。 由Μ上化學式(15)表示之鹵化劑亦可經由在惰性溶爾中 進行本發明之Μ化學式(1 )表示之氟化劑與氯、溴或碘原 子之鹼金屬鹽之_素交換反應而製備得。 反應可利用與上逑鹵素交換反應幾乎完全相同的反應條 件進行。 本發明將經由實施例進一步詳细說明於下。然而,此等 實施例並不限制發明之範圍。在實施例1中,於經由與苯 胺反應而轉化成衍生物後,利用高效液相層析術(Μ下簡 稱為HPLC方法)測量2,2 -二氟-1,3 -二甲基_唑啶(Μ下簡 稱為DPI)在乙膳溶液中之濃度。氟離子(Κ下簡稱為F-)濃 度係使用茜素錯離子試劑利用吸光術測定。 實施例1 2,2 -二氟-1 5 3 -二甲基_唑啶(D F I)之合成 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 於500毫升之四頸反應瓶中加人76*4克(0.452莫耳)之 2-氯-1,3 -二甲基师唑啶鐵=氯化物、105,2克(1.8 10莫耳) 經噴霧乾燥的氟化鉀、及320毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在80 °C下反應1 7小時。於將反應混合物冷卻至25 °C後,將無機 鹽自反應混合物分離而得4 1 4 . 2克之D F I ( M W 136*15)的乙 腈溶液。溶液中之DFI濃度為11 *4重量百分比。產率為771 將反應混合物真空蒸餾而得3 2克具有9 7 . 8 I純度之D F I。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNs&quot;rA4規格(210X 297公# ) -5 / 一 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() DFI具有Μ下之性質。 沸點 47 · 0C /37毫米汞柱,E IMS : 136 (Μ + )、1 17 (Μ + - ”),IR(g&gt;cni 叫:1486、1385、1 295、1242、1085、 966、711,F -分析;計算值 27,9¾,實測值 27,7¾,1 Η-NMR (δ ,ppm &gt; CDC13,TMSS ) : 2 , 5 2 ( s , 6 Η , - C H 3 x 2 ) &gt; 3,05( s,4H,-CH2CH2'),13 C Η M R ί δ ,ρριπ,CDC13,-45 ^ CDC I 3 基)m(s厂CH3x 2)、47,6(s,-CH2CH2-)、128*5(t,J = 2 30 Hz , =CF2),19 F NMR ( δ ,ρρπι,Ci)Cl3,-45 tj CFC 1 3 基):-7(K9(s, =CF2)cIR光譜圖示於圖1。 實施例2 雙-二甲胺基-二氟甲烷(M下簡稱為TMF)之合成 於33.32克(0.224莫耳)四甲基-氯甲肺钂=氯化物溶於 1 0 7 , 8 2克乙腈之溶液中加入5 2 , 0 6克(0 . 8 9 6莫耳)經噴霧乾 燥的氟化鉀及33#66克乙腈,並在85ΪΟ下反應52小時。接 著將反應物質過濾而得TMF之乙腈溶液。使用乙膳溶液測 量TMF之性質。其性質如下。 EIMS:138(M+)、119ίM-F)+,F-分析:計算值12,4¾ 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ,實測值 1 2、1 %,1 Η - N M R ί δ,ρ ρ in,C Η 3 C Ν 溶劑,C Η 3 C Ν 基,24 υ ) : 2,44(s, -CH3),i3C NMR(5 ,ρριπ,CH3CN 溶 麵,24^ DMS〇-dBS ) : 3 6 , 1 ( s , - C Η 3 x 4 ) ^ 1 2 8 . 6 (t , = C F 2 ) 〇 實施例3 雙-二正丁胺基-二氟甲烷下簡稱為TBF)之合成 於74.36克(0,2129莫耳)四正丁基-氯甲脒議=氯化物溶 於181.45克乙謂之溶液中加人50.92克(0.8864莫耳)經噴 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公# ) -58 - 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 霧乾燥的氟化鉀及7 . 8 6克乙腈,並在8 5 °C下反應3 5小時。 其後將反應_質遴濾。議液分離成兩層。將兩層混合並在 減壓下餾除乙膳。所得之殘餘物為TBF。殘餘物具有Μ下 之性質。 EIMS: 306(Μ + 287(M-F) + ,F- 分析:計算值 12.« ,實測值12,1«,1 Η-ΝΜΚίδ ,ppm,未加溶劑稀釋, C H 3 C N 基,2 4 ; 1 ♦ 0 4 (t j =〜8 H z,C H 2 £)、1 ♦ 4 1 (nu j 二〜8 Η z,C H 2 CJg C Η 3 )、L 5 9 (五重線,j =〜8 Η Z, CH2CH2CH2) ^ 2,92(1 , j =〜·8Ηζ, Ν£Η2〇Η2) ^ iS C N M R ( δ 5 p p in,未加溶劑稀釋,2 4 °C,D M S 0 _ d 6基): 1 2 . 8 ( C H 2 CJi^ ) - 1 9 . 6 ( C H 2.Cli 2 C H 3 ) ^ 3 0 + 2 ( C H 2 CJ 2 C H 2) ^ 46.3(NCH2CH2)、128.2 (t,j=2 48 Hz,CF2)-實糜例4 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 2,2 -二氟-1,3 -二正丁基_唑啶(M下簡稱為D F B )之合成 於反應容器中裝入5 1 ♦ 7克(〇 , 1 8 4莫耳)純度9 0 I之2 -氯 -1 , 3 -二正丁基_唑啶麵=氯化_、1 7 4克乙腈及6 4 . 3克 (1.11莫耳)經噴霧乾燥的氟化鉀,並在稍微增加的氮氣壓 力下在8 5 °C反應2 5小時ϋ於冷卻後,將反應物質過浦而得 DFB之乙腈溶液。使用溶液測量性質。 1 H-HMR ( δ ,ppm ^ CDCi:3,TMS 基,2 5 Τ ; } : 0,93 U, j --8Hz , CH2CH3) - 1 . 40(10, j =〜8Hz , CH2CH2CH3) - 1,56(五 重鐘,j =〜8Hz,CH2〇^CH3)、2.95U,〜8Hz ’ NCJl2_CH2) - 3.24(s,NCH2CliiN) ^ 13 C NMR ( δ , ppio, C D C 1 3,- 6 5 υ,C D C i 3 基&quot;1 3 , 4 ( s,C H 2 〇 3)、1 9 ♦ 4 ( s, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公f ) -5 9 - 530050 Μ Β7 五、發明説明() CH2£]1_£CH3)、2£K 1 (SiCH2£J£CH2)、45, 1 (s, NLH£CHzCH2 ) 、4 5 . 5 ( s , H C H 2 C H 2 N ) ^ 1 2 8 , 9 (t , j = 2 2 8 H z » C F 2 ) 〇 實施例5 苯甲釀氟之合成 於反應容器中裝入2 3 . 8 9克(0. 0 2莫耳)經由類似實旛例1 之步驟製得之DFI溶於乙腈的11. 4重量百分比溶液、2.44 克(0.02莫耳)苯甲酸及8毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在25υ下 反應4小時。於反應完成後,取出一部分的反應混合物, 並進行GC-MS測量。結果證實生成苯甲醢氟(主離子,124) 。利用GC分析測得之反應產率為981。 比較實_例1 苯甲醢氟之合成 於反應容器中裝入0.79克(3.0莫耳)根據說明於 W096/04297中之製備方法製得之2 -氟-1,3-二甲基_唑 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 啉麵=六氟磷酸鹽、0. 2 4克(2 . 0毫莫耳)苯甲酸及1 5毫 升乙腈,並在氮氣中在2 5 °C下反應4小時。於反應完成後 ,對反應混合物進行GC分析。結果M77I之產率生成苯甲 _氟ύ 實施例6 苯甲氟之合成 於反應容器中裝入1.783克Π.50毫莫耳)經由類Μ實施 例1之步驟製得之D F I溶於乙腈的Η . 4重量百分比溶液、 (Κ162克(1.50毫莫耳)苯甲醇及6毫升乙請,並在氮氣中在 25 3C下反應4小時。於反應完成後,對反應混合物進行 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X 297^¥ ) -b ΰ - 530050 A7 五、發明説明() GC-MS測量。結果證實生成苯甲氟(主離子,110)。利用GC 分析測得之反應產率為831。 比較實施例2 苯甲氟之合成 於反應容器中裝人0.40克(15毫莫耳)根據說明於W096/ 0 4 2 9 7中之製備方法製得之2 -氟-1,3 -二甲基_唑嚇鍾=六 氟鏡酸鹽、0.162克(1,5毫莫耳)苯甲醇及6毫升乙腈,並 在氮氣中在251C下反應4小時。其後對反應混合物進行GC 分析。結果未偵到笨甲氟。 實_例7 氟正辛烷之合成 經满部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 於反應容器中裝人1.79克U.50毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同之步驟製得之DFI溶於乙腈的114重量百分比溶液、 0.195克U.50毫莫耳)正辛醇及4毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在 2510下反應4小時。於反應完成後,對反應混合物進行 G C ~ M S測量。si實生成氟正辛fei (主離十,1 3 2 ) ϋ產犖為 801 〇 實施例8 氟正辛燒之合成 於反應容器中裝入4. 15克(5.29毫莫耳)於實施例2製備 得之TMF溶於乙請的17.56重量百分比溶疲、0.275克(2.55 毫莫耳)正辛醇及乙膳,並在氮氣中在25 t)下反應4小時。 於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進行之GOMS測量證實 生成氟正辛烷(主離子,132)。由GC分析_得之反應產率 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公f „ 1 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 為 9 6 I &amp; 實施例9 氟 正 辛 之 成 於 反 me 容 器 中 裝 入 0 ♦ 9克(2, 9毫莫耳 )方 令實_例3製 備 得 具 有 91 %純度之TBF 0, 1 5 克 (1」5毫 莫 耳 )正辛醇及6 毫 升 腈 並 在 氮 氣 中 在 25 t •飞;· 反應4小 時 〇 於 反 應完 成 後 5 經 由 對 反 應 混 合 物 進 行之 GC - M S潮量 證 實 生 成 氟正 辛 综( 主 離 子 132) 0 由 GC分 析測 得 之反應產率為9 8 . 21 - 實 施 例 10 氟 正 辛 烷 之 成 於 反 m 容 器 中 裝 入 1 + 6 1克 (0 ,77毫莫 耳 )於實麻例4 製 備 得 之 具 有 131鈍度之DFB 、0, 12克(0* 77 毫 莫 耳 )正辛醇及2 毫 升 乙 腈 f 並 在 m 氣 中 在25 U 下反應1 小 時 〇 於 反應 完 成 後 5 經 由 對 反 混 /、 物 進行 之 G C - M S 測 量 證 實 生 成氟 正 辛 丈元 (主離子, ,1 32 ΐ &gt;由GC分析測得之反 產 率 為 90% ( 比較實_例3 氟 正 辛 烷 之 合 成 於 反 應 容 器 中 裝 入 0 , 4 0克 .5毫莫耳) 根 據 說 明於 y〇96/ 0 42 9 7中之製備方法製得之2 -氟- 1 , 3 -二 二甲基_唑嚇鐵= -Ju* / \ 氣 磷 酸 鹽 、 0 , 195 克( 1 . 5毫莫耳)正辛醇及6 毫 升 乙腈 f 並 在 氮 氣 中 在 25 ‘1C 反 應 4小時c &gt;其後對 反 應 混 合 物進 行 GC 分 析 ° 並 未 偵 測 到 氟 正 辛烷 0 實 施 例 11 氟第三戊烷之合成 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)娜(膽⑽¢) 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 於反應容器中裝入7.74克(6.48毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同之步驟製得之DFI溶於乙腈的11. 4重量百分比溶液、 及0.285克(3,24毫莫耳1第三戊醇,並在氮氣中在25£^下 反應1小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進行之 GC-MS測量證實生成氟第三戊烷(主離子,90)。反應產率 為 621 〇 實施例1 2 1,3 -二氟丁烷之合成 於反應容器中裝入7.74克(6.48毫莫耳)經由與實旛例1 相同之步驟製得之DFI溶於乙腈的11,4重量百分比溶疲、 及0,29克(3*24毫莫耳)1,3-丁二醇,並在氮氣中在25υ下 反應1小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進行之 GC-MS測量證實生成1,3 -二氟丁燒(主離子,93)。反應產 率為61«。 實靡例1 3 二氟二苯基甲烷之合成 經濟部中央標率局員工消費合作社印^ 於反應容器中裝入2.43克(17.8毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同步驟製得之DFI、1 + 63克(8.9毫莫耳)二苯甲圈及20毫 升乙謂,並在氮氣中在84t下反應28小時。於反應完成後 ,經由對反應混合物進行之GC-MS測量證實生成二氟二苯 基甲烷(主離子,204,基峰127)。經由GC分析測得之反應 產率為451。 實_例14 1,1-二氟己烷及1-氟-卜環己烯之合成 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ297公錄) Λ。 一 D ό 一 530050 kl B7 五、發明説明() 於反應容器中裝入i . 99克(1 I 7毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同之步驟製得之DIM、CK85克(8,6毫莫耳)環己_、δ,5 克1,2 -二甲氧乙烷及0+15克25¾發煙硫酸,並在氮氣中在 20至251C下反應96小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合 物進行之GC-MS測量證實生成1,1-二氟己烷(主離子,120) 及1-氟-卜環己婦(主離子,100)。經由GC分析«得之反應 中的氟-1-環己烯產率為771。 實施例1 5 4,4夂二氯二氟二苯基甲烷之合成 於反應容器中裝入12.2克(10.2毫莫耳之DFI)經由與實 靡例1相同步驟製得之0「1的乙膳溶液、及1 + 26克(5.04毫 莫耳)4,4夂二氯二苯甲並在84 υ下反應24小時。於反 應完成後,經由對反廳混合物進行之GC-MS測量證實生成 4,4夂二氯二氟二苯基甲烷(主離子,272)。經由GC分析測 得之反應中的4,4'-二氯二氟二苯基甲烷產率為901。 實施倒1 6 α,a -二氟甲苯之合成 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 於反應容器中裝入12. 43克(17. 8毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同步驟製得之DFI、(Κ93克(8.8毫莫耳)苯甲醛及25毫升 乙腈,並在氮氣中在80 υ下反應8小詩。於反應完成後, 經由對反應混合物進行之GC-MS測量證實生成α,σ -二氟 甲苯(主離子,128)。經由GC分析測得之反應產率為80Ρ 實施例17 4, 4夂二氟二笨甲麵之合成 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規桔(210Χ 297公漦) 一 6 4 - 530050 Μ Β7 五、發明説明() 於反應容器中裝入4,08克(3(K00毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同步驟製得之DFI、107克(5,00毫莫耳)4,4^二羥基二 苯甲削及5 0毫升乙膳,並在氮氣中在8 4 °C下反應2小時。 於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進行之GC-MS測量證實 生成4, 4夂二氟二苯甲_ (主離子,218,基峰]23)。經由 GC分析測得之反應產率為201。 實施例1 8 甲基烯丙氟之合成 於反應容器中裝入1,783克(1.50毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 相同步驟製得之DFI溶於乙腈之4重量百分比溶液、 (K 1 0 8克(1 . 5 0毫莫耳)甲基烯丙醇及6毫升乙腈,並在氮氣 中在25 °C下反應4小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合 物進行之GC-MS測量證實生成甲基婦丙氟(主離子,74)。 經由GC分析測得之反應產率為951。 實施例1 9 氟環己烷之合成 經滴部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 於反應容器中裝入1.783克(L50毫莫耳)經由與實施例1 梠同步驟製得之DFI溶於乙腈之4重量百分比溶液、 (K150克(1.50毫莫耳)環己醇及6毫升乙謂,並在氮氣中在 2 5 t:下反應4小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進 行之G C - M S測量證實生成氟環己烷(主離子,1 0 2 )及環己烯 (主離子,82)。fflGC分析測得之反應產率分別為氟環己烷 101及環己烯901。 實施例20 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(21〇Χ 297^β ) 一 65 - 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 五、發明説明() 氟異丙烷之合成 於反應容器中裝入1.783克(1.50毫莫耳〉經由與實施例1 相同步驟製得之DFI溶於乙請之114重量百分比溶液、 0.09克(L50毫莫耳)異丙醇及6毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在 2 5 C下反應4小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進 行之0(:-148澜量證實生成氟異丙烷(主離子,62)及丙烯(主 離子,42)。由GC分析測得之反應產率分別為氟異丙烷801 及丙_ 201。 實施例2 1 對氟硝基苯之合成 於反應容器中裝入41.6克(40.8毫莫耳)13*6重量百分比 之DFI的乙腈溶液、2,84克(20,4毫莫耳)對硝基酚及2,03 克(2 0 + 1毫莫耳)三乙胺,並在氮氣中在8 4 下反應1 5小時 。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進行之G C - M S測量證 實生成對氟硝基苯(主離子,141)。由GC分析灑得之反應 產率為601。 實施例22 對氟硝基苯之合成 於反應容器中裝入20克(16.0毫莫耳)10.7重量百分比之 DFI的乙腈溶液、1256克(8.10毫莫耳)對硝基硫酚,並在 氮氣中在8 4它下反應1 6小時。於反應完成後,將反應物質 倒入20毫升飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液中Μ使DFI水解,Μ濃HC1 連續酸化至pH 2Μ下,並Μ50毫升二氯甲烷萃取。經由對 反應混合物進行之GC-MS測量證實生成對氟硝基苯(主離子 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X 297公# ) _ ίλ α _ -^一衣-- (**先閱1*.背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)IX 2 X where X 2 and X 3 are chlorine or bromine atoms; R 1 to R 4 are substituted or not printed, substituted or saturated alkyl, or substituted or Unsubstituted aryl, and they may be the same or different; R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 may be conjugated to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms; or 1 to 3 may be bonded In order to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms, it is expected that an alkali metal salt of a halogen can be safely and easily prepared by performing a halogen exchange reaction in an inert solvent. The compound represented by M chemical formula U 5) can be used as it is as a chlorinating agent or brominated surface. However, in order to obtain halogenated noodles with high reactivity, alkali metal salts with fluorine such as fluoride planers, fluoride enzymes, potassium fluoride or sodium fluoride are used. 5 This paper is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 regulations.台 (210Χ 297 公 #) 530050 ΕΠ 5. Description of the invention () reaction, and the production of myelin tetraalkyl-2_fluoromethyl clock = chloride, once it can be used as a chloride or brominating agent ϋ Compounds having a chlorine atom at positions X 2 and X 3 can be used to prepare bromide, and sodium bromide, potassium bromide, and other alkali metal salts of bromine can be used. When an iodinating agent is required, dysprosium, iodide, potassium iodide, and sodium iodide can be used. The halogenating agent represented by M chemical formula U 5) is prepared from the compound M represented by M chemical formula (1 4 &gt;) as previously described. In preparing the halogenating agent represented by M chemical formula (1 5) in the present invention, The amount of the alkali metal salt of the halogen in the halogen exchange reaction to the compound represented by the chemical formula (14) is preferably 2 equivalents M, and more preferably 2 to 5 equivalents. When the amount is less than 2 equivalents, it is not satisfactory. On the other hand, the amount of more than 5 equivalents does not sufficiently improve the yield. There is no particular limitation on the solvent used in the element exchange reaction, as long as the solvent blue does not react with the chemical formula U 4) The indicated compound and the reaction product may react. Preferred solvents are acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-oxazolyl, dichloromethane and dichloroethane. There is no special restriction on the amount of solvent printed by the Shell Standard Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. However, from the standpoint of reaction efficiency and workability, the preferred amount is 1 to 10 times the weight of the reaction substrate. From the viewpoint of the reaction rate and the stability of the compound to be formed, the reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20 to 150, and M 0 to 100 ° C is preferred. The iodinating agent is prepared in the range of 0 to 80 C in nitrogen under the light-shielding, and it is better to suppress the oxidation of the iodinating agent. The halogen exchange reaction on M can also be used in phase transfer catalysts such as the fourth alkyl paper standard applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X29D &gt; i) _ „530050 kl B7 5. Description of the invention () Ammonium salt and the fourth The alkyl scale salt is coexisted. The reaction mixture containing the generated halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 5) of K can be used as it is for the next halogenation reaction, or the inorganic salt can be filtered and the solvent can be distilled off. It is used in the next halogenation reaction. The halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (15) above M can also be carried out in an inert solvent by using a fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) of the present invention and a base of chlorine, bromine or iodine atom. The metal salt is prepared by the element exchange reaction. The reaction can be carried out using almost the same reaction conditions as the above-mentioned halogen exchange reaction. The present invention will be further described in detail through examples below. However, these examples are not limited The scope of the invention. In Example 1, after conversion to a derivative by reaction with aniline, 2,2-difluoro-1 was measured by high performance liquid chromatography (hereinafter referred to as HPLC method). The concentration of 3 -dimethyl-oxazodine (hereinafter referred to as DPI) in ethyl acetate solution. The concentration of fluoride ion (hereinafter referred to as F-) is determined by absorption using alizarin ion reagent. Example 1 2 The synthesis of 2,2-difluoro-1 5 3 -dimethyl_azolidine (DFI) was printed in a 500-ml four-necked reaction bottle with 76 * 4 grams (0.452 Mo Ear) of 2-Chloro-1,3-Dimethyl thiazolidine iron = chloride, 105,2 g (1.8 10 mol) of spray-dried potassium fluoride, and 320 ml of acetonitrile, and under nitrogen The reaction was carried out at 80 ° C for 17 hours. After the reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ° C, the inorganic salt was separated from the reaction mixture to obtain a solution of 41.2 g of DFI (MW 136 * 15) in acetonitrile. DFI in the solution The concentration is 11 * 4 weight percent. The yield is 771. The reaction mixture is vacuum distilled to obtain 32 g of DFI with a purity of 97.8. I This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNs &quot; rA4 specifications (210X 297 公 #) -5 / 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () DFI has properties under M. Boiling point 47 · 0C / 37 mmHg, E IMS: 136 (Μ +), 1 17 (Μ +-"), IR (g &gt; cni name: 1486, 1385, 1 295, 1242, 1085, 966, 711, F-analysis; calculated value 27, 9¾, found 27, 7¾, 1 1-NMR (δ, ppm &gt; CDC13, TMSS): 2, 5 2 (s, 6 Η, -CH 3 x 2) &gt; 3,05 (s, 4H, -CH2CH2 '), 13 C Η MR δ δ, ρριπ , CDC13, -45 ^ CDC I 3 group) m (s factory CH3x 2), 47,6 (s, -CH2CH2-), 128 * 5 (t, J = 2 30 Hz, = CF2), 19 F NMR ( δ, ρρπι, Ci) Cl3, -45 tj CFC 1 3 group): -7 (K9 (s, = CF2) cIR spectrum is shown in FIG. 1. Example 2 Synthesis of bis-dimethylamino-difluoromethane (hereinafter referred to as TMF) in 33.32 g (0.224 moles) of tetramethyl-chloromethylpneumonium = chloride dissolved in 107, 8 2 g 52.0 g (0.896 mol) of spray-dried potassium fluoride and 33 # 66 g of acetonitrile were added to the acetonitrile solution, and reacted at 85 ° C for 52 hours. The reaction mass was then filtered to obtain a TMF solution in acetonitrile. The properties of TMF were measured using ethyl acetate solution. Its properties are as follows. EIMS: 138 (M +), 119ίM-F) +, F-analysis: Calculated value 12,4¾ Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry, measured value 1 2, 1%, 1 Η-NMR δ ρ ρ in, C Η 3 C Ν solvent, C Η 3 C Ν group, 24 υ): 2,44 (s, -CH3), i3C NMR (5, ρρπ, CH3CN soluble surface, 24 ^ DMS〇-dBS): 3 6, 1 (s,-C Η 3 x 4) ^ 1 2 8. 6 (t, = CF 2) 〇 Example 3 Bis-di-n-butylamino-difluoromethane (hereinafter abbreviated as TBF) was synthesized in 74.36 g (0,2129 mol) tetra-n-butyl-chloroformyl chloride = 50.92 g (0.8864 mol) of chloride dissolved in 181.45 g of acetone solution. The size of this paper is sprayed to Chinese National Standard (CNS ) Λ4 specification (210X 297 public #) -58-530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Fog-dried potassium fluoride and 7.6 g of acetonitrile, and reacted at 85 ° C for 3 5 hours. The response will be filtered afterwards. The solution was separated into two layers. The two layers were mixed and distilled under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was TBF. The residue has properties under M. EIMS: 306 (Μ + 287 (MF) +, F- analysis: calculated value 12. «, found value 12,1«, 1 Η-ΝΜΚίδ, ppm, without solvent dilution, CH 3 CN group, 2 4; 1 ♦ 0 4 (tj = ~ 8 H z, CH 2 £), 1 ♦ 4 1 (nu j two ~ 8 Η z, CH 2 CJg C Η 3), L 5 9 (quintet, j = ~ 8 Η Z, CH2CH2CH2) ^ 2,92 (1, j = ~ · 8Ηζ, Ν £ Η2〇Η2) ^ iS CNMR (δ 5 pp in, without solvent dilution, 2 4 ° C, DMS 0 _ d 6 group): 1 2. 8 (CH 2 CJi ^)-1 9. 6 (CH 2.Cli 2 CH 3) ^ 3 0 + 2 (CH 2 CJ 2 CH 2) ^ 46.3 (NCH2CH2), 128.2 (t, j = 2 48 Hz, CF2)-Example 4 Printed 2,2-difluoro-1,3-di-n-butyl-oxazole (M hereinafter referred to as DFB) synthesized by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs in a reaction vessel Filled with 5 1 ♦ 7 g (〇, 1 84 mol) purity 9 0 I 2 -chloro-1, 3-di-n-butyl_oxazoline surface = chlorinated, 174 g of acetonitrile and 6 4.3 g (1.11 mol) of spray-dried potassium fluoride and reacted at 8 5 ° C for 25 hours under a slightly increased nitrogen pressure. After cooling, the reaction mass was passed to obtain an acetonitrile solution of DFB. .Make Solution measurement properties. 1 H-HMR (δ, ppm ^ CDCi: 3, TMS group, 2 5 Τ;}: 0,93 U, j --8Hz, CH2CH3)-1. 40 (10, j = ~ 8Hz, CH2CH2CH3)-1,56 (five clocks, j = ~ 8Hz, CH2〇 ^ CH3), 2.95U, ~ 8Hz 'NCJl2_CH2)-3.24 (s, NCH2CliiN) ^ 13 C NMR (δ, ppio, CDC 1 3, -6 5 υ, CDC i 3 basis &quot; 1 3, 4 (s, CH 2 〇3), 1 9 ♦ 4 (s, this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 male f)- 5 9-530050 Μ B7 V. Description of the Invention (CH2 £] 1_ £ CH3), 2 £ K 1 (SiCH2 £ J £ CH2), 45, 1 (s, NLH £ CHzCH2), 4 5.5 (s, HCH 2 CH 2 N) ^ 1 2 8, 9 (t, j = 2 2 8 H z »CF 2) 〇 Example 5 Synthesis of benzyl-fluoride in a reaction vessel was charged with 2 3. 8 9 g (0 0.2 Molar) DFI prepared by a procedure similar to that in Example 1 was dissolved in a 11.4 weight percent solution of acetonitrile, 2.44 g (0.02 mole) of benzoic acid and 8 ml of acetonitrile, and under nitrogen at 25 υ The reaction took 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, a part of the reaction mixture was taken out and subjected to GC-MS measurement. The results confirmed the formation of benzamidine fluoride (the main ion, 124). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 981. Comparative Example _ Example 1 Synthesis of benzamidine fluoride Charge 0.79 g (3.0 moles) into a reaction vessel. 2-Fluoro-1,3-dimethyl_azole prepared according to the preparation method described in W096 / 04297. Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of Didi Ministry = Hexafluorophosphate, 0.2 g (2.0 mmol) benzoic acid and 15 ml acetonitrile, and under nitrogen at 25 ° C The reaction took 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was analyzed by GC. Results M77I yielded benzyl_fluoromonomer. Example 6 Synthesis of benzyl fluoride was charged in a reaction vessel (1.783 g Π.50 mmol). DFI prepared by the procedure of Example M in Example 1 was dissolved in acetonitrile. Η. 4 weight percent solution, (K162 g (1.50 mmol) benzyl alcohol and 6 ml of acetol, and react under nitrogen at 25 3C for 4 hours. After the reaction is completed, the reaction mixture is subjected to this paper scale applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X 297 ^ ¥) -b ΰ-530050 A7 V. Description of the invention () GC-MS measurement. The results confirmed the formation of benzyl fluoride (main ion, 110). Measured by GC analysis The reaction yield was 831. Comparative Example 2 Synthesis of benzyl fluoride 0.40 g (15 mmol) was placed in a reaction vessel according to the preparation method described in W096 / 0 4 2 9 7 2-Fluoro- 1,3-Dimethyl_azole scare = hexafluoropic acid salt, 0.162 g (1.5 mmol) of benzyl alcohol and 6 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at 251 C for 4 hours. GC analysis of the mixture. No stupid methyl fluoride was detected. Example_7 The synthesis of fluoro-n-octane was approved by the Central Standards Bureau. Printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperatives in the reaction container containing 1.79 grams of U.50 millimoles) (114% by weight of DFI dissolved in acetonitrile prepared in the same procedure as in Example 1 and 0.195 grams of U.50 millimoles) N-octanol and 4 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at 2510 for 4 hours. After the reaction is completed, G C ~ MS measurement is performed on the reaction mixture. The si produced fluoro-n-octane fei (mainly apart from 10, 1 2 2) 荦 production of 荦 was 801 〇 Example 8 Synthesis of fluoro-n-octane was charged into a reaction vessel 4.15 g (5.29 mmol) in the example 2 The prepared TMF was dissolved in 17.56 weight percent of ethyl acetate, 0.275 g (2.55 mmol) of n-octanol and ethyl acetate, and reacted under nitrogen at 25 t) for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the formation of fluoro-n-octane (main ion, 132) was confirmed by GOMS measurement of the reaction mixture. Analysis by GC_Reaction yield obtained by this paper This paper is in accordance with Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X297 male f „1 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Printing as 9 6 I & Example 9 Fluoroxocin was filled in a reverse me container and filled with 0 ♦ 9 grams (2, 9 millimoles) of Fang Lingshi_ Example 3 A TBF having a purity of 91% was prepared. 0, 15 grams (1''5 millimolar) n-octanol and 6 ml of nitrile and flying at 25 t under nitrogen; reaction for 4 hours; after the reaction is completed 5 confirmed by the GC-MS tide volume of the reaction mixture to produce fluorinated Syringe (main ion 132) 0 The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 9 8. 21-Example 10 The formation of fluoro-n-octane in an anti-m container was charged with 1 + 6 1 g (0, 77 mmol) Ear) DFB prepared in Example 4 with a dullness of 131, 0, 12 g (0 * 77 mmol) of n-octanol and 2 ml of acetonitrile f and reacted in m gas at 25 U for 1 hour. Yu Fan 5 After completion, GC-MS measurement of the reverse-mixed compound was used to confirm the formation of fluorinated symplenium (the main ion, 1, 32 ΐ &gt; the reverse yield was 90% measured by GC analysis. 3 Synthesis of fluoro-n-octane In a reaction vessel, 0,40 g (5 mmol) was charged. 2-Fluoro-1, 3-prepared according to the preparation method described in y0 96/0 42 9 7 Dimethyl oxazole iron = -Ju * / \ Pyrophosphate, 0, 195 g (1.5 mmol) n-octanol and 6 ml acetonitrile f and react in nitrogen at 25 '1C for 4 hours c &gt; Subsequent GC analysis of the reaction mixture ° Fluoro-octane was not detected. Example 11 Synthesis of Fluoro-Terpentane This paper is scaled to the CNS Standard (Cholera) 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () A reaction vessel was charged with 7.74 g (6.48 mmol) of DFI prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 in a 11.4 weight percent solution of acetonitrile, and 0.285 g (3, 24 millimoles Alcohol, and reacted under nitrogen at 25 ° C for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, it was confirmed that the third tripentane (main ion, 90) was formed by GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture. The reaction yield was 621. Example 1 Synthesis of 2,3-difluorobutane. A reaction vessel was charged with 7.74 g (6.48 mmol) of DFI prepared in the same procedure as in Example 1 and dissolved in acetonitrile. 11.4% by weight and 0,29 grams (3 * 24 mmol) of 1,3-butanediol, and reacted under nitrogen at 25v for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture was confirmed to produce 1,3-difluorobutane (main ion, 93). The reaction yield was 61 «. Example 1 3 Difluorodiphenylmethane Synthetic Printing of Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics ^ Fill a reaction vessel with 2.43g (17.8mmol) of DFI prepared by the same steps as in Example 1, 1 + 63 grams (8.9 millimoles) of dibenzoyl ring and 20 milliliters of ethyl acetate, and reacted under nitrogen at 84t for 28 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed the formation of difluorodiphenylmethane (main ion, 204, base peak 127). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 451. Example 14 Synthesis of 1,1-difluorohexane and 1-fluoro-bucyclohexene This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297).一 D ό 530050 kl B7 V. Description of the invention () Put i. 99g (1 I 7 millimolar) into the reaction container, DIM, CK85g (8,6) prepared by the same steps as in Example 1 Mol) cyclohexyl, δ, 5 g of 1,2-dimethoxyethane and 0 + 15 g of 25¾ oleum, and reacted under nitrogen at 20 to 251 C for 96 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed that 1,1-difluorohexane (main ion, 120) and 1-fluoro-cyclopentadiene (main ion, 100) were formed. The yield of fluoro-1-cyclohexene in the reaction obtained by GC analysis was 771. Example 1 Synthesis of 4,5,4,4-dichlorodifluorodiphenylmethane A reaction vessel was charged with 12.2 g (10.2 mmol of DFI) and a 0 "1 ethyl ester was prepared through the same procedure as in Example 1. Food solution, and 1 + 26 g (5.04 mmol) of 4,4 夂 dichlorodibenzoyl and reacted at 84 υ for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, the formation was confirmed by GC-MS measurement of the anti-hall mixture 4,4 'dichlorodifluorodiphenylmethane (main ion, 272). The yield of 4,4'-dichlorodifluorodiphenylmethane in the reaction measured by GC analysis was 901. Implementation of 16 α, a -Difluorotoluene is produced by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed in a reaction vessel, and charged with 12.43 g (17.8 mmol) of DFI prepared by the same steps as in Example 1, ( KK 93 g (8.8 mmol) of benzaldehyde and 25 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted for 8 poems under nitrogen at 80 υ. After the reaction was completed, it was confirmed by GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture that α, σ -di was formed Fluorotoluene (main ion, 128). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 80P. Example 17 Synthesis of 4, 4 'difluorodibenzyl surface Applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 standard orange (210 × 297) 一 6 4-530050 Μ B7 V. Description of the invention () Put 4,08 g (3 (K00 mmol)) into the reaction container Example 1 DFI prepared in the same procedure, 107 g (5,00 mmol) of 4,4 ^ dihydroxydibenzyl and 50 ml of ethyl acetate, and reacted under nitrogen at 84 ° C for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture was performed to confirm that 4,4'-difluorodibenzo- (main ion, 218, base peak) 23 was formed. The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 201 Example 18 Synthesis of methyl allyl fluoride A reaction vessel was charged with 1,783 g (1.50 mmol) of DFI prepared in the same manner as in Example 4 in a 4 weight percent solution of acetonitrile, (K 108 g (1.5 mmol) of methallyl alcohol and 6 ml of acetonitrile were reacted under nitrogen at 25 ° C for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, GC-MS was performed on the reaction mixture. Measurement confirmed the formation of methyl feprofluoride (main ion, 74). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 951. Example 1 9 Synthesis of fluorocyclohexane Printed by the Central Bureau of Standardization, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, put 1.783 grams (L50 millimoles) in a reaction vessel, and the DFI solution prepared in the same procedure as in Example 1 was dissolved in a 4 weight percent solution of acetonitrile, (K150 grams (1.50 milliliters) Mol) cyclohexanol and 6 ml of acetone, and reacted under nitrogen at 25 t for 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture was performed to confirm the formation of fluorocyclohexane (the main ion , 10 2) and cyclohexene (main ion, 82). The reaction yields measured by fflGC analysis were fluorocyclohexane 101 and cyclohexene 901, respectively. Example 20 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (21〇 × 297297β) 65-Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Lithology 530050 5. Description of the invention () Synthesis of fluoroisopropane The reaction vessel was charged with 1.783 g (1.50 mmol) of DFI prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 in a 114 wt.% Solution of ethyl acetate, 0.09 g (L50 mmol) of isopropanol, and 6 ml of acetonitrile. , And reacted in nitrogen at 2 5 C for 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, it was confirmed that fluoroisopropane (the main ion, 62) and propylene (the main ion, 42) were formed by the amount of 0 (: -148) of the reaction mixture. ). The reaction yields measured by GC analysis were fluoroisopropane 801 and propane-201. Example 2 1 Synthesis of p-fluoronitrobenzene A reaction vessel was charged with 41.6 g (40.8 mmol) 13 * 6 DFI in acetonitrile, 2,84 g (20,4 mmol) of p-nitrophenol and 2,03 g (20 + 1 mmol) of triethylamine in nitrogen at 8 4 The reaction was carried out for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, the formation of p-fluorine was confirmed by GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture. Nitrobenzene (main ion, 141). The yield of the reaction by GC analysis was 601. Example 22 Synthesis of p-fluoronitrobenzene A reaction vessel was charged with 20 g (16.0 mmol) of 10.7 weight percent. A solution of DFI in acetonitrile, 1256 g (8.10 mmol) of p-nitrothiophenol, and reacted under nitrogen at 84 for 16 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mass was poured into 20 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The DFI was hydrolyzed in the medium, and the concentrated HC1 was continuously acidified to pH 2M and extracted with 50 ml of dichloromethane. The GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed that p-fluoronitrobenzene was produced (the main ion is the size of the paper applicable to China) Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X 297 公 #) _ ίλ α _-^ yiyi-(** Please read 1 *. Note on the back before filling this page)

、1T, 1T

C 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() ,141)。由GC分析測得之反應產率為201。 實施例2 3 2, 4 - 二 硝基氟苯之合成 於 反 愿 容器中裝人L64克(8. 10 毫 莫 耳 )2 ,4- m 基 氯苯 、 2 . 2 1 克 U 6 * 2 3毫莫耳) DF I、 &gt;及2 5毫升乙腈, 並 在 氮 氣中 在 84 ^ 下 反應7小時。於 反應 完 成 後 經 由 對反應混i ^物 進 行 之 GC -MS測量證實生 成2 , 4- —乂 硝 基 氟 苯 (主 離 子 5 18 6 f 基 峰 9 4 )。由GC分析測 得之 反 trfp 應 產 率 為 9 6 .01 〇 實 施 例 24 二 氯 氟 硝基苯之合成 於 反 歷 容器中裝入0*74克(2· 50 毫 莫 耳 )五氯 m 基 苯 、 1, 77克 (13,00毫莫耳)DF I、及2 5毫升乙腈, 並 在 氮 氣 中在 84Ϊ; 下 反 應2小時。於反 應完 成 後 經 由 對 反應混合鞠進 行 之 GC -M S測量證實生成 二氯 氟 硝 基 笨 (主離 子 9 245, 主 離 了 + 2 247,主離子+ 4 249 】 ,基峰2 4 5 及 由 GC分 析測 得 之 產 率 為2 8 , 0 1。亦證 實生 成 三 氯 氟 硝 基苯( 主 離 子 26 1 ,主離子+ 2 263,主離子+ 4 26 5 ,基峰2 0 5 ) 5 及 產率 為 1 1 ♦ 3 % ;- ,更證實生成四 氯氟 m 基 苯 (主離子2 7 7 5主離子 + 2 :2 :7 9 ί 5 主離子+ 4 2 8 1 3 &gt;主離子+ •6 28 3 ^ •基峰 22 :1 ) 9 及產 率 為 9 , 0« 實 m 例 25 笨 甲 薩 氟之合成 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 於反應容器中裝入L41克U0.03毫莫耳)苯甲薩氯、 163克(11,97毫莫耳)DFI、及25毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規掊(210X 297公錄) ~ b / ~ 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 841下反應2小時。於反應完成後,經由對反應混合物進 行之GC-MS測量證實生成苯甲釀氟(主離子,i24,基峰 124)。由GC分析測得之反應產率為71 . 01。 實施例26 2 -氟-1,3 -二甲基_哇嚇_氯化物(D M F C )之合成 於200毫升之四頸反應燒瓶中裝入30·42克(0,1799莫耳) 之2 -氯-1,3 -二甲基_晴啭鐘=氯化物(D M C〉、1 5 * 1 1克 ((Κ 3 5 9 8莫耳)氟化鈉及1 0 4 . 9克乙腈,並在氮氣中在8 5 1C 下反應8小詩。於將反應混合物冷卻至25它後,將無機鹽 自反應混合物分離而得116 + 09克之08?(:“^/ 152,60)的乙 腈溶液。溶液中之DMFC濃度為2L01重量百分比,及產率 為 89¾ 〇 物性如下。 FABMS ; 117[(M-CI) + ]、 2 6 9 [(2 x M-C 1 ) + ], F —分析: 計算值2 * 6 w 11,實測值2 . 7 V? t %。C 1 -分析:計算值4 * 8 w 11; 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印t ,實測值 4,9wtl〇 1 Η - N M R ( δ , ppir &gt; CH3CN 溶劑,CH3CN 基,2 5t; ) : 2 , 98 (s , 6H , -CH 3 x 2) &gt; 3 , 9 1 ( s , 4 H , - C H 2 C H 2 -) 。13 C-NHR ( 5,ppm,CH3CN 溶麵,DMSO - cU 基 ^ 25tM : 31*3U,-CH3x 2) ·、46,8(s,-CH2CH2-)、1 5 7 . 7 ( d , J = 2 8 0 H z ,C-F 卜 實施例27 氯正辛燒之合成 於反應容器中裝人(K5789克(4 + 445毫莫耳)之正辛醇、 及3. 29克21,01重量百分比之DMFC的乙腈溶液(0,691克, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公# ) 88 530050 A7 五、發明説明() 4,530毫莫耳之DMFC),並在氮氣中在室溫下反應5小時。 於反應完成後,對反應混合物進行GC分析顯示氯正辛烷之 產率為93.1«。未反應的正辛醇為6.6¾。 比較實_例4 氯正辛烷之合成 於反應容器中裝入(K7333克(5 + 631毫莫耳)正辛醇、及 0.956克(5. 6 5 5毫莫耳)DMC及3, 8克乙腈,並在氮氣中在室 溫下反應6小時。於反應完成後,對反應混合物進行GC分析 顯示氯正辛烷之產率為29.315。未反應的正辛醇為70.01。 實施例28 正苯甲醢氯之合成 於反應容器中裝入(K566克(4*636毫莫耳)苯甲酸及3 + 34 克21.01重量百分比之08?(:的乙腈溶液(0,707克,4,636毫 莫耳之DMFC),並在氮氣中在室溫下反應3小時。於反應完 成後,對反應混合物進行GC分析顯示苯甲釀氯之產率為 9 1 ♦ 91及苯甲釀氟之產率為8,01。 實施例2 9 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 σ -氯-α -氟甲苯之合成 於反應容器中裝入(Κ9935克(9.361毫莫耳)苯甲醛及6*81 克2 1.01重量百分比之DMFC的乙腈溶液(1.431克,9. 4毫莫 耳之DMFC&gt;,並在氮氣中在85°C下反應17小時。於反應完 成後,由反應混合物之GC-MS測量證實生成〇( -氯-ot-氟甲 苯(主離子144,基峰109)及苯甲二氯(主離子160,基峰 125) •。由GC分析測得之α —氯-α -氟甲苯之產率為63 . 61、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X29?^# ) -D 9 ~ 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 苯 甲 二 氯之產 率為1 9.71 及未 反 應苯 甲醛為1 4 ,51 0 負 施 例 3 0 / — 氟 - 1,3 -二 1甲基 _唑 啉 溴 化物 (DMFB)之 合成 於 3 00毫升之四頸 燒瓶 中裝 入 1 3 , 7 8 克 (0 + 1 0 1 莫 耳)之 2 , 2- 二 氟-1 ’ 3 -二甲 基蹄 唑啶 (DFI)、 10 * 25克 (0 . 0 9 9 5 莫耳 )之溴化鈉、及1 2 6 , 5克乙腈, 並在氮氣 中在2 5 °C 下反 應4 小 時 ° 2 -氟- 1 ,3 -二 甲基 _哇 麵=溴化 物之產率 為 991。 物 性 如下。 FABMS ; 117 [(M-Br) + ]·、313 [(2 X Μ-B'r” ].、 315 [ ί 2 X Μ - B r ) 之同位 素]0 β Γ -分析 : 計算值1 0 ,5 1 w t 1, 實測 值 1 0 ,42 wtl ^ 1 Η ™ N M R ( (? ,ρ P ffi ,CH 3〇Ν 溶劑, CH 3cn 基, 22 T; ): 3,00( s,6 Η, -CH 3 X 2) 、 3,92 (s , 4 Η , - C Η 2 C Η 2 -) 0 13 C - N M R ( δ j ppm ,CH 3 C Ν 溶劑,D M S 0 - d Β 基 ,22T;) ♦ η -ί ό ι .5 (s ,-C Η 3 x 2 )、 46*8 is,- CH 2 C Η 2 -)、 157 . 6 ( d ,J = 2 7 8 Η Z c- F ) ° 實 m 例 31 溴 正 辛烷之 合成 士 A ΰ; 反 應容器 中裝入(K 247克 (1 *9毫 莫耳)正辛醇 -、1 60克 25 J 1重量百分比之 DMFB的乙 腈 溶液 ((K 41 4克 ,2 * 1毫 莫耳 之 D M F B )及3 + 8 6克乙 膳, 並在 氮 氣中 在室溢下 反應5小 時。 Λ iJV 反 懕 元成棱 *由反應混合物之GC- MS測量證 實生成溴正 辛 (主離子1 92,基峰 135) &lt; 3 由GC分析 測得之溴 正辛 烷之 產 率 為 98.8¾ 1 實 m 例 32 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公# ) 530050 A7 五、發明説明() 苯甲釀溴之合成 於反應容器中裝入0.24克(2.0毫莫耳)笨甲酸、1.60克 25,91重量百分比之DMFB的乙腈溶液(0.414克,2,1毫莫耳 之D M F B )、及3 , 8 6克乙腈,並在氮氣中在室溫下反應43小 時。由GC分析測得之反應結果為11.0«之苯甲釀溴、31.5¾ 之苯甲釀氟、26,0¾之苯甲酸酐、及16.0%之未反應的苯甲 酸0 實胞例3 3 2-氟_153-二甲基眯唑啭钂碘化物(DMFI)之合成 於3 0 0毫升之四頸燒瓶中裝入1 3 , 5 6克(0 . 1 0莫耳)之2 -氟 -1,3 _二甲基輝唑啶(D F I)、1 5 , 0克(0 ♦ 1 0莫耳)碘化鈉、及 125克乙腈,並在氮氣中在遮光下在25^反應4小時。2-氟 -1,3-二甲基_唑啭鐵=碘化物(DMFI)之產率為95«。 物性如下。 FABMS; 1 1 7 [ ( Μ - I ) + ]、 3 6 1 [ ( 2 x Μ ~ I ) φ ] ° F- 分析 * 計 算值2,47wU,實測值I -分析:計算值16,38wt% 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ^ K i? ίΐ 1 6 , 4 1 w t S: - 1 Η - N M R ( δ ,ppir,C Η 3 C Ν m ,C H 3 C N 基,24tn : 3.02(s,6H,-CH3x 2) &gt; 3 . 9 3 ( s , 4 H, -C H 2 C H 2-)〇 13 C-NMR i δ ^ ppi &gt; CH3CN 溶劑,D M S 0 - d 6 S , 24¾ ): 3L6(s, - CH3x 2)、4 6 , 7 ( s , ~ C H 2 C H 2 - ) - 15 7,6( d,J = 2 78 Hz,C-F)。 實施例3 4 苯甲碘之合成 於反應容器中裝入0.216克(2.0毫莫耳)苯甲醇、L92克 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X297公费) … 2-碘-1 } 3 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 31.73重量百分比之1)評1的乙膳溶液(0 + 610克,2.5毫莫耳 之DMFI)及3.8克乙膳,並在氮氣中在遮光下在室溫反應5 小時。於反應完成後,由反應混合物之GC-MS測量證簧生 成苯甲碘(主離子218,基峰92)。由GC分析測得之苯甲碘 之產率為92,21。 實議例3 5 苯甲釀氟之合成 於反應容器中裝入(K60克(4+91毫莫耳)苯甲酸、4」3克 31.73重量百分比之DMFI的乙腈溶液(1,31克,5,36毫莫耳 之D Μ P I)及3 , 8克乙腈,並在氮氣中在遮光下在室溫反應1 2 小時。由GC分析測得之反應结果為35,71之苯甲醢氟、 17.2¾之苯甲酸酐及40,6«之未反應的苯甲酸。 實施例36 甲基_唑嚇鐘=磺化犓之合成 於100毫升之四頸燒瓶中裝入8,45克(0,05莫耳)之2-氯 -1,3~二甲基_唑啭謹=氯化物、29,98克(0*20莫耳)碘化 _、及60毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在遮光下在25C反應55小 詩。於反應完成後,將5 00毫升無水丙嗣加至淤漿狀反應 _質中,將過剰的碘化納及未反應的2 -氯-1,3 -二甲基_ 唑啭钂=氯化物萃取至有機溶劑層,及將反應物質過讓而 得期望產梅之粗製晶體的滤餅。2-磺-〗,3-二甲基_唑啭 鐘=碘化物之粗製晶體具有6 3 . 5 8 I之鈍度且包含氯化鈉。 物性如下 ϋ I-分析:計算值 45 * 841,實測值 44. 9¾。1 H-NMR &lt; δ , 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X 297公梦) 讀- 先 閱 面 之 注 意 事 項 再 訂 72 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() ppm ^ D20/CD3CN = 2/1,TMS基 ί : 3, 19(s,6 Η , -CH3 x 2) ^ 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 3 . 97 (s , 4Η , -CH2CH2™) 〇 13 C~NMR ( δ , ρριπ, D20/CD3CH 二 2/1,CD3CN基):37,7is,-CH3x 2)、5 0 . 6 ( -C H 2 C Η 2-) &gt; 134j (C- I ) 〇 實 _ 例 37 Ο _ 氟 -1,3 -二甲基 _ 唑啭讎 二碘化 物之合成 於 :! 00毫升之四頸 燒 瓶中裝 入 19, 7 8 克(0,01 7 莫耳 )11,7 重 量 百 分比 之DF I的 乙 腈溶液 、 2 ♦ 5 5 克(0 , 0 1 7 莫耳) 碘化鈉 及 10 毫升 乙腈,並在氮氣中在遮 光下在25 t: 反應 3小時 〇 如 此 製備 得2 -氟- 1, 3-二甲 基 0庫唑嚇鐵=碘化 物。 實 m 例 3 8 苯 甲 碘之 合成 於 1 0 0毫升之四頸 燒 瓶中裝 入 8 . 4 5 克(0 , 0 5 莫 耳)之2 -氯 -1 ,3 二甲基_唑啉 ϋ 二氯化物 、29 ,9 8 克(0 , 2 0 莫耳 )碘化 及 60 毫升 乙腈,並在氮氣中在遮 光下在25t 反應 55小時 ° 接 著 將5 * 4克((K05莫耳)苯 甲 醇加至反應物質中, 並在 氮 氣 中 在遮 光下在60 1C反應24小時 。於反應完 成後 ,由反 應 混 合 物之 G C - Μ S 測 量 證實生 成 苯甲碘(主離子 ,218) 〇 反 ξξ^ 隱 產 為62 1 ° 實 施 例 39 苯 甲 碘之 合成 於 在 實_ 例33製得之2-氟- 3 - 二 二甲基_唑啭_ = 鎮化物 加 入 1 ♦ 2克(0·01 1 莫 耳 )苯甲圈 8 ,並 在氮氣中在 遮光 下在25 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公f ) 530050 B7 五、發明説明() t反應24小時。於反應完成後,由GC-MS测量證實生成苯 甲碘(主離子218)。反應產率為901。 實_例40 1,3-二甲基-2-氯眯唑啭鐵=礤化物(DMCI)之合成 於100毫升之四頸反應燒瓶中裝入16,90克(0」0莫耳)2-氯-1,3 -二甲基_唑«麵=氯化物、14·99克((K100莫耳)碘 化鈉及60克乙請,並在氮氣中在遮光下在室溫反應40小時 °將無機鹽過減出反應混合物,而得8 2 . 6克具有2 7 , 3 I濃 度之DMCI /乙腈溶液。DMCI之產率為86 + 61。C 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (), 141). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 201. Example 2 Synthesis of 3,2,4-Dinitrofluorobenzene In a reaction container containing 64 g of human L (8. 10 mmol) 2,4-m-chlorochlorobenzene and 2.21 g of U 6 * 2 3 millimolar) DF I, &gt; and 25 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at 84 ° C for 7 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed that 2,4-nitropyridine fluorobenzene was generated (the main ion 5 18 6 f radical 9 4). The yield of anti-trfp measured by GC analysis was 9 6.01. Example 24 Synthesis of dichlorofluoronitrobenzene In a calendar container, 0 * 74 g (2.550 mmol) pentachlorom Benzene, 1,77 g (13,00 mmol) of DF I, and 25 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at 84 Torr for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture was performed to confirm the formation of dichlorofluoronitrobenzene (the main ion 9 245, the main ion + 2 247, the main ion + 4 249), the base peak 2 4 5 and the The yield measured by GC analysis was 28, 0. 1. It was also confirmed that trichlorofluoronitrobenzene (main ion 26 1, main ion + 2 263, main ion + 4 26 5, base peak 2 0 5) 5 and The yield was 1 1 ♦ 3%;-, and it was confirmed that tetrachlorofluorom-based benzene (main ion 2 7 7 5 main ion + 2: 2: 7 9 ί 5 main ion + 4 2 8 1 3 &gt; main ion + • 6 28 3 ^ • Base peak 22: 1) 9 and yield of 9, 0 «solid m Example 25 The synthesis of stupid saflufloxacin was printed by the Ministry of Standards and Staff's Consumer Cooperatives in the Ministry of Standards and loaded into the reaction container and filled with L41 G U0.03 mmol) benzoxachlor, 163 g (11,97 mmol) DFI, and 25 ml of acetonitrile, and under the nitrogen, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Regulations (210X) 297 records) ~ b / ~ 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Reaction at 841 for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture was performed to confirm the formation of benzyl fluoride (main ion, i24, base peak 124). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 71.1. Example 26 Synthesis of 2-Fluoro-1,3-dimethyl-Wafer_chloride (DMFC) A 200 ml four-necked reaction flask was charged with 30.42 g (0,1799 mol) of 2- Chloro-1,3-dimethyl-chlorobenzene = Chloride (DMC>, 1 5 * 1 1 g ((K 3 5 98 mol) of sodium fluoride and 104. 9 g of acetonitrile, and 8 small poems were reacted in nitrogen at 8 5 1 C. After the reaction mixture was cooled to 25, the inorganic salt was separated from the reaction mixture to obtain a solution of 116 + 09 grams of 08? (: "^ / 152,60) in acetonitrile. The concentration of DMFC in the solution is 2L01 weight percent, and the yield is 89¾. The physical properties are as follows: FABMS; 117 [(M-CI) +], 2 6 9 [(2 x MC 1) +], F — analysis: calculated value 2 * 6 w 11, measured value 2. 7 V? T%. C 1-analysis: calculated value 4 * 8 w 11; printed by t of the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, measured value 4,9wtl〇1 Η-NMR (δ, ppir &gt; CH3CN solvent, CH3CN group, 2 5t;): 2, 98 (s, 6H, -CH 3 x 2) &gt; 3, 9 1 (s, 4 H,-CH 2 CH 2-) .13 C-NHR (5, ppm, CH3CN soluble surface, DMSO-cU group ^ 25tM: 31 * 3U, -CH3x 2) ·, 46,8 (s, -C H2CH2-), 1 5 7. 7 (d, J = 2 8 0 H z, CF) Example 27 Synthesis of chloro-n-octane is packed in a reaction vessel with human (K5789g (4 + 445 millimolar) Octanol, and 3.29 grams of 21,01 weight percent DMFC in acetonitrile (0,691 grams, this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 public #) 88 530050 A7 V. Description of the invention () 4,530 Dmol) and reacted under nitrogen at room temperature for 5 hours. After completion of the reaction, GC analysis of the reaction mixture showed that the yield of chloro-n-octane was 93.1 «. Unreacted n-octanol was 6.6 ¾. Comparative Example _ Example 4 The synthesis of chloro-n-octane was charged in a reaction vessel (K7333 g (5 + 631 mmol) n-octanol, and 0.956 g (5.6 5 5 mmol) DMC and 3 8 g of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at room temperature for 6 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC analysis of the reaction mixture showed that the yield of chloro-octane was 29.315. The unreacted n-octanol was 70.01. Example 28 Synthesis of n-Benzamidine Chloride A reaction vessel was charged with (K566 grams (4 * 636 millimoles) benzoic acid and 3 + 34 grams of 21.01 weight percent 08? (: Acetonitrile solution (0,707 grams, 4,636 Dmol) and reacted under nitrogen at room temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC analysis of the reaction mixture showed that the yield of benzyl chloride was 9 1 ♦ 91 and the yield of benzyl fluoride The rate is 8,01. Example 2 9 The synthesis of σ-chloro-α-fluorotoluene printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs was charged in a reaction vessel (K9935 g (9.361 mmol) benzaldehyde and 6 * 81 g of 2 1.01 weight percent DMFC in acetonitrile (1.431 g, 9.4 mmol of DMFC &gt;) and reacted at 85 ° C for 17 hours under nitrogen. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was GC-MS Measurements confirmed the formation of 0 (-chloro-ot-fluorotoluene (main ion 144, base peak 109) and benzyl chloride (main ion 160, base peak 125). Α-Chloro-α-Fluorine measured by GC analysis The yield of toluene is 63. 61. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X29? ^ #) -D 9 ~ 530050 A7 B7 5 2. Description of the invention () The yield of benzyl chloride printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Lithium is 19.71 and the unreacted benzaldehyde is 1 4,51 0 negative example 3 0 / — fluorine-1, 3- Synthesis of bis 1 methyl_oxazoline bromide (DMFB) A 300 ml four-necked flask was charged with 1 3,78 g (0 + 1 0 1 mole) of 2, 2-difluoro-1 ' 3-Dimethyltriazolidine (DFI), 10 * 25 g (0.095 5 mol) of sodium bromide, and 126, 5 g of acetonitrile, and under nitrogen at 25 ° C The reaction was carried out for 4 hours. The yield of 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyl-Wamen = bromide was 991. The physical properties are as follows. FABMS; 117 [(M-Br) +], 313 [(2 X M- B'r ”]., 315 [I 2 X Μ-B r) Isotope] 0 β Γ-Analysis: Calculated value 10, 5 1 wt 1, Measured value 10, 42 wtl ^ 1 Η ™ NMR (( ?, Ρ P ffi, CH 3ON solvent, CH 3cn group, 22 T;): 3,00 (s, 6 Η, -CH 3 X 2), 3,92 (s, 4 Η,-C Η 2 C Η 2-) 0 13 C-NMR (δ j ppm, CH 3 C Ν solvent, DMS 0-d Β group, 22T ;) ♦ η -ί ό .5 (s, -C Η 3 x 2), 46 * 8 is,-CH 2 C Η 2-), 157.6 (d, J = 2 7 8 Η Z c- F) ° Actual Example 31 Synthesis of bromo-n-octane A ΰ; The reaction vessel was filled with (K 247 g (1 * 9 mmol) n-octanol-, 1 60 g 25 J 1 weight percent of DMFB An acetonitrile solution ((K 41 4 g, 2 * 1 mmol of DMFB) and 3 + 86 g of acetic acid, and reacted under nitrogen in a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours. Λ iJV Antipyrene formation edge * GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed the formation of bromo-n-octyl (main ion 1 92, base peak 135) &lt; 3 The yield of bromo-n-octane measured by GC analysis was 98.8¾ 1 Example m 32 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 public #) 530050 A7 V. Description of the invention () Synthesis of benzyl bromide 0.24 grams (2.0 millimoles) in a reaction vessel Stearic acid, 1.60 g of a 25.91 weight percent DMFB solution in acetonitrile (0.414 g, 2.1 mmol of DMFB in DMFB), and 3,86 g of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at room temperature for 43 hours. The results of the reaction measured by GC analysis were 11.0 «benzyl bromide, 31.5¾ benzyl fluoride, 26,0¾ benzoic anhydride, and 16.0% unreacted benzoic acid. 0 Cell Example 3 3 2- Synthesis of Fluorine_153-dimethyloxazolyl iodide (DMFI) In a 300 ml four-necked flask was charged 1 3,56 g (0.10 mol) of 2-fluoro-1 , 3-Dimethylpyrazolidine (DFI), 15 0 g (0. 10 mol) of sodium iodide, and 125 g of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen in the shade for 4 hours under 25 ^. The yield of 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyl-oxazonium iron = iodide (DMFI) was 95 «. The physical properties are as follows. FABMS; 1 1 7 [(Μ-I) +], 3 6 1 [(2 x Μ ~ I) φ] ° F- Analysis * Calculated value 2,47wU, Measured value I-analysis: Calculated value 16,38wt% Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Transportation ^ K i? 1 6, 4 1 wt S:-1 Η-NMR (δ, ppir, C Η 3 C NM, CH 3 CN, 24tn: 3.02 ( s, 6H, -CH3x 2) &gt; 3. 9 3 (s, 4 H, -CH 2 CH 2-) 〇13 C-NMR i δ ^ ppi &gt; CH3CN solvent, DMS 0-d 6 S, 24¾) : 3L6 (s,-CH3x 2), 4 6, 7 (s, ~ CH 2 CH 2-)-15 7,6 (d, J = 2 78 Hz, CF). Example 3 4 Synthesis of benzyl iodide A reaction vessel was charged with 0.216 g (2.0 mmol) of benzyl alcohol and L92 g. This paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X297 public expense) ... 2-iodine- 1} 3 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 31.73% by weight 1) Evaluation of the ethyl diet solution (0 + 610 grams, 2.5 millimoles of DMFI) and 3.8 Gram ethyl acetate, and react under nitrogen in the shade for 5 hours at room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the benzyl iodide (main ion 218, base peak 92) was generated by GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture. The yield of benziodide measured by GC analysis was 92,21. Practical Example 3 5 Synthesis of benzyl fluoride Fluorine was charged in a reaction vessel (K60 g (4 + 91 mmol) benzoic acid, 4 "3 g 31.73 weight percent DMFI in acetonitrile solution (1, 31 g, 5 DMPI, 36 mmol) and 3, 8 g of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen at room temperature for 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction results measured by GC analysis were 35,71 benzamidine fluoride, 17.2¾ of benzoic anhydride and 40,6 «of unreacted benzoic acid. Example 36 Synthesis of methyl azole sulfonium = sulfonated hydrazone A 100 ml four-necked flask was charged with 8,45 g (0, 05 mol) of 2-chloro-1,3 ~ dimethyl_oxazonium = chloride, 29,98 g (0 * 20 mol) of iodination, and 60 ml of acetonitrile, and shielded in nitrogen The reaction was performed at 25C with 55 poems. After the reaction was completed, 500 ml of anhydrous propidium was added to the slurry-like reaction mass. The sodium iodide and the unreacted 2-chloro-1,3-dimethylamine were added. Radical_oxazonium = chloride is extracted into the organic solvent layer, and the reaction material is passed to obtain a cake of crude crystals expected to produce plums. 2-sulfo-〗, 3-dimethyl_oxazonium = iodide The crude crystals have a passivity of 6 3. 5 8 I and contain sodium chloride The physical properties are as follows: I-Analysis: Calculated value 45 * 841, Measured value 44. 9¾. 1 H-NMR &lt; δ, This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X 297 public dream) Read-first Note for reading re-order 72 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () ppm ^ D20 / CD3CN = 2/1, TMS base: 3, 19 (s, 6 Η, -CH3 x 2) ^ Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau ’s Consumer Cooperatives 3.97 (s, 4Η, -CH2CH2 ™) 〇13 C ~ NMR (δ, ρριπ, D20 / CD3CH 2 2/1, CD3CN based): 37,7is, -CH3x 2), 5 0. 6 (-CH 2 C Η 2-) &gt; 134j (C- I) 〇 Example _ Example 37 〇 _ Fluoro-1,3-dimethyl_ oxazonium diiodide Synthesis: 00 ml A four-necked flask was charged with 19, 7 g (0,01 7 mol) of 11,7 weight percent DF I in acetonitrile, 2 ♦ 5 5 g (0, 0 1 7 mol) of sodium iodide and 10 ml of acetonitrile, and under a light-shielded condition at 25 t under nitrogen: reaction for 3 hours. Thus prepared 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyl- 0couzole iron = iodide. Example 3 Synthesis of 8 benzyl iodide A 100 ml four-necked flask was charged with 8.45 g (0,05 mole) of 2-chloro-1,3 dimethyl-oxazoline. Dichloride, 29,98 g (0,20 mol) of iodination and 60 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted under nitrogen in the light for 25 hours at 25t. Then 5 * 4 g ((K05 mol) benzene Methanol was added to the reaction mass, and reacted under nitrogen at 60 1C for 24 hours under light shielding. After the reaction was completed, the GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed that benzyl iodide (main ion, 218) was formed. Hidden yield is 62 1 ° Example 39 Synthesis of benzyl iodide 2-Fluoro-3-dimethyl_oxazonium_ prepared in Example 33 = sedative added 1 ♦ 2 g (0 · 01 1 Moore) Benzene ring 8 and under nitrogen in a light-shielded 25-paper scale to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 male f) 530050 B7 5. Description of the invention () t reaction for 24 hours. After the reaction is completed Then, GC-MS measurement confirmed that 218). The reaction yield is 901. Example 40 Synthesis of 1,3-dimethyl-2-chlorooxazolyl iron = halide (DMCI) A 100 ml four-necked reaction flask was charged with 16, 90 grams (0 "0 moles) of 2-chloro-1,3-dimethyl_azole« face = chloride, 14.99 grams ((K100 moles) of sodium iodide and 60 grams of ethyl chloride, and nitrogen The reaction was performed at room temperature for 40 hours under light-shielding, and the inorganic salt was subtracted from the reaction mixture to obtain 82.6 g of a DMCI / acetonitrile solution having a concentration of 27, 3 I. The yield of DMCI was 86 + 61.

經由使DMCI與笨胺反應,並利用高效液梠層析術濯量所 生成之衍生物,而測定D M C I之濃度。利用硝酸銀滴定方法 測量氯離子及碘離子之濃度。G C _ M S之掃描範圍為5 0 0 S ^/L ^ D〇 0 性質如下。 M上溶液之碘含量:計算值1 3 , 3 $ 5 實測值1 3 — 11。M上 溶液之氯含量:計算值3 . 7 I,實測值3 , 8 I。1 Η - Η Η κ ( δ , ppm f C Η 3 C Ν 溶 SI y C Η 3 C N 基,2 It) ) : 3 * 1 2 ( s , 6 H , ~ C H 3 2) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 、4,00(s,4H,HCH2 -:} 〇 13 C-rf MR i 5 , ppi ^ CH3CH 溶劑 5 U H 5 ύ ~ d 8 Φ Z I U ; ; ό 4 ♦ D \ S « ~ L Π 3 -·κ Z ) Λ 4 y * bH s , -(;1(:»2»)、155,9(3,=(:-[:]丨。「為15-》5(母液:_硝基笨甲 醇&quot;U D M C 卜 I ) + ],3 9 3 [ i 2 x D M C I - I ” ] 〇 實胞例41 苯甲碘之合威 上 A \-: Vep^ CiC? ' -; y\ :、,·?一, ·· 八广· -^3* 十十 -「-T* \ +,十 ί*Τ~ί 取反應谷益屮若八h υ δ兒i 9 + y δ笔旲与)本甲s?、反 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規梠(210X297公漦) -7 4 一 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 1 1 . 4 3克2 7 , .3重量百分比之D M C的乙請溶液(3」2克,1 L 9 8 毫莫耳之D M C Π ;並在氮氯中在遮光下在6 0 υ反應4 0小時 。St反應完成後$由.反應混合_tGC-MS潮量證實生成苯 甲碘(主離子2 1 8,基峰92)。由GC分祈測得之苯甲碘之產 事為8 6 . 5 I。 寶施嚮42 苯甲釀氯之合成 於反應容器中裝入;22克(9. 99毫莫耳)苯甲酸、11*43 克27,3重量百分比之DMCI的乙腈溶液(3.12克,11*98毫莫 耳之DMCI)、及20.0克乙腈,並在氮氣中在遮光下在60¾ 反應24小時。於反應完成後,由反應混合物之GC-MS測量 及GC分析證實生成苯甲釀氯(主離子140,基峰105)。 生成苯甲酸酐(基峰105)為副產物。反應之產率分別為 92,5¾之苯甲薩氯&amp; 5¾之苯甲酸ΙΤ ϋ 實廳例43 1 , 3 -二甲基-2 -氯蹄唑啭I翁=溴化物(D M C Β )之合成 於5 0 0毫升之四頸反應燒瓶中裝人50.00克(0.296莫耳) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 之2 -氯-1 , 3 -二甲基_唑啭氯化審、3 (Κ 8 6克(0 + 3 0 0莫 耳)溴化_及240毫升乙腈,並在氮氣中在80C下反應30小 時。將反應混合物在7 0 t〕Μ上熱遴濾,Μ移除無機鹽。將 溶麵自讓液除去而得固體。經由對1克沉澱固體使用〇·7毫 升乙_而進行再结晶。_此製得之DMCB為37*5克之白色晶 體。產率為59 , 34«。 物性節下。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210Χ 297公i ) _ 7 r _ 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 溴分析:計算值3 7 . 41,實測值3 7 + 71。氯分析ί計算值 16,6¾ , S Pi ® 1 6 , 41 - 1 Η — NMR(3 , ρρπι, CD3CN 溶爾, TMS 基,21t &quot; 3,15(s,6H,-CH3x 2)、UOisjH, -CH2CH2-) 〇 13 C-NMR ( 5 , ppm, CD3CM溶劑,C D 3 C N-d e δ ,2 1 °C ) : 35 , 2 (s , - CH 3 x 2)、5 (K 8 ( s,- C H 2 C H 2 -)、156.3( s,=C 一 Cl)。FABMS (母液:間硝基苯甲醇):133 [ (DMCB-Brv) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 + ]、347 [同位素之(2 x DMCB-Br) + 峰]。 實ffi例44 溴 正 辛 烷 之 合 成 於 反 歷 容 器 中 裝 入1 * 3 0克(9,9 8毫莫 耳 )正 辛醇、 2.1 4克 (10, /\ -Τι U L· 毫 莫 耳 )DMC Β及 5 0毫升乙腈, 並 在 8 4t〕反應 3 3小 時 0 於 反 Β&amp;Γ 愿 完 成 後 $ 由反應混合 物之 GC- MS 測量證實 生成 溴 正 辛 fet (基峰55, 於標 準圏一致)。 由GC分析 測得之反應產 率 為 9 6 % c 實 施 例 45 苯 甲 溴 合 成 K 反 歷 容 器 中 裝 入1 • 0 8克(9 j 9毫莫 耳 )苯 甲醇, U4克 Π 0 . 02 毫 旲 耳 )DMC Β及 5 0毫升乙腈 3 、並 在 氮氣中在 841C 下 反 m 24小 時 〇 於 反 應完成後, 由反 應混合物 之GO MS· 量 證 實 生 成 苯 甲 溴 (主離 子 17 0, 基峰 91 ) 〇 由GC分析 測得 之 反 rrfsr m 產 學 85« : 實 么乙a m 例 46 苯 甲 fm fcr m —y 八 成 於 反 iriy 應 -&quot;τΐτ*· 中 裝 入1 * 22克 η 3 , 9 9毫莫 耳 )笨 甲酸_ 、2」 4克 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4规枱(210X297公龄) 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() (10.02毫莫耳)DMCB及50毫升乙腈,並在84°C下反應24小 時。於反應完成後,由反應混合物之G C - M S測量及經由將 滯留時間與G C之參考物質比較而證實生成苯甲醯氯(主離 子140,基峰105)及苯甲酸酐(主峰105)。反應產率分別為 6 6 I R 121 ° 實施例47 3, 3夂二氟-2 -甲基丙録之合成 於300毫升之熱壓釜中裝入L70克(24.3毫莫耳)甲基烯 丙醛、55克乙腈、6,61克(48,6毫莫耳)DFI及10克(99毫莫 耳)三乙胺,於K氮置換反應系統後將熱壓釜緊密地關閉 ,並在lOOt:下反應5小時。在反應過程中内壓增加至1.96 X 1 P a。於冷卻後,將少量水加至反應物質,並連續進 行GC及GC- MS測量。結果證實M90I之產率生成3,35-二氟 -2-甲基丙(主離子91)及未反應之甲基烯丙醛(主離子 7 0 )為 1 0 I ϋ 實施例48 3,3?-二氟丙輝之合成 於300毫升之熱壓釜中裝人L40克(25毫莫耳〉婦丙醛、 55克乙腈及6 +61克(48· 6毫莫耳)DFI、及10克(99毫莫耳) ,於Μ氮置換反應糸統後將熱壓釜緊密地關閉,並在100 °C下反應5小時。在反應遴程中內壓增加至1 + 96 X 1 0 ^ Pa 。於泠卻後5 將少量水加至反應物質,並連續進行GC及 GC-MS測量。結果證實M88I之產率生成3, 3'-二氟丙烯(主 離子78)及未反應之甲基議丙醒(主離子56)為121。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210'乂297公龄) 7 7 (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 •^裝 π填寫束 訂 530050 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 實施例49 393夂二氟丙烯之合成 於反應容器中裝入5克(4.40毫莫耳)11重量百分比之DFI 的乙腈溶液、及0.2 55克(4. 40毫莫耳)烯丙醇,並在氮氣 中在2 5勺下反應4小時。於反應完成後,由反應混合物之 GC-MS測量證實生成3-氟丙婦(主離子60)。由GC測量得之 反應產率為981。 實施例50 甲基丙烯酸2-氟乙酯之合成 於反應容器中裝人8克(6.48毫莫耳)9.251之DFI的乙腈 溶液、及0.842克(6,48毫莫耳)甲基丙烯酸2 -羥乙_,並 在2 5 °C下反應2小時。於反應完成後,由反應混合物之 GC-MS測量證實生成甲基丙輝酸2 -氟乙酯(主離子132)。由 GC分析測量得之反應產率為94¾。 經滴部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規枱(210X 297公f ) 8The D M C I concentration was determined by reacting DMCI with benzylamine and measuring the amount of the derivative produced by high performance liquid chromatography. The concentration of chloride and iodide was measured by silver nitrate titration. The scanning range of G C _ M S is 5 0 0 S ^ / L ^ D0 0 The properties are as follows. Iodine content of the solution on M: calculated value 1 3, 3 $ 5 found value 1 3 — 11. The chlorine content of the solution on M: the calculated value is 3.7 I, and the measured value is 3, 8 I. 1 Η-Η Η κ (δ, ppm f C Η 3 C Ν dissolved in SI y C Η 3 CN based, 2 It)): 3 * 1 2 (s, 6 H, ~ CH 3 2) Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the employee consumer cooperative, 4,00 (s, 4H, HCH2-:} 〇13 C-rf MR i 5, ppi ^ CH3CH solvent 5 UH 5 ύ ~ d 8 Φ ZIU;; ό 4 ♦ D \ S «~ L Π 3-· κ Z) Λ 4 y * bH s,-(; 1 (: »2»), 155,9 (3, = (:-[:] 丨. "为 15-》 5 (Mother liquor: _Nitrobenzyl alcohol &quot; UDMC bu I) +], 3 9 3 [i 2 x DMCI-I ”] 〇Cell example 41 A benzyl iodide on the A \-: Vep ^ CiC? '-; Y \: 、, ·? 一 , ·· 八 广 ·-^ 3 * 十 十-「-T * \ + , 十 ί * Τ ~ ί Take the reaction Gu Yi 屮 若 八 h υ δ 儿 i 9 + y δpen旲) The standard of this paper and the standard of this paper are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Regulation (210X297) -7 4 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 1 1. 4 3 g 2 7, .3 weight percent solution of DMC in acetic acid (3 ", 2 g, 1 L 9 8 millimoles of DMC Π; and reacted at 60 υ for 40 hours under nitrogen and light shading. St .Reaction mixing_tGC-MS Form benzyl iodide (main ion 2 1 8 and base peak 92). The production of benzyl iodide measured by GC analysis is 8 6. 5 I. Bao Shixiang 42 Synthesis of benzyl chloride in a reaction vessel Charge; 22 grams (9.99 mmol) of benzoic acid, 11 * 43 grams of 27,3 weight percent DMCI in acetonitrile (3.12 grams, 11 * 98 mmol of DMCI), and 20.0 grams of acetonitrile, and The reaction was carried out under nitrogen and light-shielded at 60¾ for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement and GC analysis of the reaction mixture confirmed that benzoyl chloride was produced (main ion 140, base peak 105). Benzoic anhydride (base (Peak 105) is a by-product. The yields of the reaction are 92,5¾ of benzalkonium chloride &amp; 5¾ of benzoic acid ITO ϋ Example 43 1, 3-Dimethyl-2-chlorotriazole 1,2 Synthesis of bromide (DMC Β) in a 500 ml four-necked reaction flask containing 50.00 g (0.296 mol) of manganese 2-Chloro-1, 3-dimethyl printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Amidazolium chloride, 3 (K 86 g (0 + 300 moles) bromide) and 240 ml of acetonitrile were reacted at 80 C under nitrogen for 30 hours. The reaction mixture was hot-filtered on 70 t] M, and inorganic salts were removed. The dissolving surface was removed from the liquid to obtain a solid. Recrystallization was performed by using 0.7 ml of ethyl acetate on 1 g of the precipitated solid. The DMCB thus obtained was 37 * 5 grams of white crystal. The yield is 59, 34 «. Under the physical section. This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 × 297 male i) _ 7 r _ 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Bromine analysis: Calculated value 3 7. 41, measured value 3 7 + 71. Chlorine analysis Calculated 16,6¾, S Pi ® 1 6, 41-1 Η — NMR (3, ρρι, CD3CN Sol, TMS group, 21t &quot; 3,15 (s, 6H, -CH3x 2), UOisjH , -CH2CH2-) 〇13 C-NMR (5, ppm, CD3CM solvent, CD 3 C Nd e δ, 2 1 ° C): 35, 2 (s,-CH 3 x 2), 5 (K 8 (s ,-CH 2 CH 2-), 156.3 (s, = C-Cl). FABMS (mother liquor: m-nitrobenzyl alcohol): 133 [(DMCB-Brv) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs +], 347 [Isotopes of (2 x DMCB-Br) + peak]. Example 44 Synthesis of bromo-n-octane In an ephemeris container, 1 * 30 g (9,98 mmol) n-octanol, 2.1 4 g (10, / \-Τι UL · mmol) DMC B and 50 ml of acetonitrile, and reacted at 8 4t] for 3 3 hours 0 at trans-B &amp; Γ may be completed by GC-MS of the reaction mixture Measurement confirmed the formation of bromo-n-octyl fet (base peak 55, which is consistent with the standard 圏). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis was 96% c. Example 45 Synthesis of benzyl bromide K inversion vessel Fill 1 • 0.8 g (9 j 9 mmol) of benzyl alcohol, U4 g (Π 0.02 mmol) of DMC β and 50 ml of acetonitrile 3 and invert under nitrogen at 841 C for 24 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the GO MS · amount of the reaction mixture was confirmed to form benzyl bromide (main ion 17 0, base peak 91). 〇Inverse rrfsr m measured by GC analysis. Industry Science 85 «: Shimeam am Example 46 benzene A fm fcr m —y 80% of the anti-iriy response-"τΐτ * · 1 * 22g η 3, 9 9 mol)) stupid formic acid _, 2 ″ 4g This paper size applies Chinese national standards (CNS ) Λ4 gauge (210X297). Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Distillation. 530050 A7 B7. 5. Description of the invention () (10.02 mmol) DMCB and 50 ml of acetonitrile, and react at 84 ° C for 24 hours. . After the reaction was completed, it was confirmed that the benzamidine chloride (main ion 140, base peak 105) and benzoic anhydride (main peak 105) were formed from the G C-M S measurement of the reaction mixture and by comparing the retention time with the G C reference substance. The reaction yield was 6 6 IR 121 ° Example 47 Synthesis of 3, 3 'difluoro-2 -methylpropionate In a 300 ml autoclave was charged L70 g (24.3 mmol) of methyl allyl Aldehyde, 55 g of acetonitrile, 6,61 g (48,6 mmol) of DFI and 10 g (99 mmol) of triethylamine, the autoclave was closed tightly after the reaction system was replaced by K nitrogen, and at 100 t : Next reaction for 5 hours. The internal pressure increased to 1.96 X 1 P a during the reaction. After cooling, a small amount of water was added to the reaction mass, and GC and GC-MS measurements were performed continuously. The results confirmed that the yield of M90I yielded 3,35-difluoro-2-methylpropane (the main ion 91) and unreacted methallylaldehyde (the main ion 7 0) were 1 0 I. Example 48 3,3 The synthesis of? -Difluoropropion is packed in a 300 ml autoclave filled with 40 g of L40 (25 mmoles) of feminaldehyde, 55 g of acetonitrile, 6 + 61 g (48.6 mmoles) of DFI, and 10 g (99 mmol), after the reaction system was replaced by M nitrogen, the autoclave was closed tightly and reacted at 100 ° C for 5 hours. The internal pressure was increased to 1 + 96 X 1 0 ^ Pa during the reaction process. Yuling 5 After adding a small amount of water to the reaction mass, continuous GC and GC-MS measurement. The results confirmed that the yield of M88I produced 3, 3'-difluoropropene (main ion 78) and unreacted methyl Yi Bing Xing (the main ion 56) is 121. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210 '公 297 males) 7 7 (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page • ^ 装 π Fill in the binding order 530050 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Example 49 393 夂 Synthesis of difluoropropene In a reaction vessel, 5 g (4.40 mmol) of 11% by weight DFI in acetonitrile solution and 0.2 55 (4. 40 millimolar) allyl alcohol, and reacted under nitrogen at 25 scoops for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed that 3-fluoropropane (main ion 60) was formed The reaction yield measured by GC was 981. Example 50 Synthesis of 2-fluoroethyl methacrylate In a reaction vessel, 8 g (6.48 mmol) of 9.251 DFI in acetonitrile solution and 0.842 g ( 6,48 millimolar) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and reacted at 2 5 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, GC-MS measurement of the reaction mixture confirmed the formation of methylpropionate 2-fluoro Ethyl ester (the main ion 132). The reaction yield measured by GC analysis is 94¾. Printed on the paper by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Distillation. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 gauge (210X 297 gf) 8

Claims (1)

530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 紅 6★-7 修正本 六、申請專利範圍 種以化學式(1 )表示之氟化劑 f修正 丨補充, 冬 公告泰 R R R &gt;N N&lt;fX \R F F (1 ) 其中R1至]T1爲被具有2至4個碳原子之低碳烷基,且其 可相同或不同;或R1及R3可鍵結而形成包括氮原子之五員 環或六員環。 2 .如申請專利範圍第1項之氟化劑,其中該以化學式(1 ) 表示之氟化劑係以化學式(2 )表示: ,(CHa (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) R N \R (2) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 F F 其中a爲2或3之整數,R5及R6爲具有1至4個碳原子 之低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之氟化劑,其中該以化學式(2 ) 表示之氟化劑係以化學式(3 )表示之2,2 -二氟-1 , 3 -二甲 基咪唑啶: H3 C—N N—C H3X (3) F F 4 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之氟化劑,其中該以化學式(2 ) 表示之氟化劑係以化學式(4 )表示之2,2 ·二氟-1,3 -二丁 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 (4) 六、申請專利範圍 基咪唑 η - H 9C 4 —N N —C 4H 9 - η X F F 5 .如申請專利範圍第1項之氟化劑,其中該以化學式(i ) 表示之氟化劑係以化學式(6)表示之雙-二甲胺基二氟甲 烷·· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) H3C C Η \ν Ν〈 H3c/ χ c Η (6) F 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 6 .如申請專利範圍第1項之氟化劑,其中該以化學式(1 ) 表示之氟化劑係以化學式(7 )表示之雙-二-正丁胺基二氟 甲烷:530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 Red 6 To] T1 is a lower alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different; or R1 and R3 may be bonded to form a five-membered ring or a six-membered ring including a nitrogen atom. 2. If the fluorinating agent in item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by chemical formula (1) is represented by chemical formula (2): (CHa (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) RN \ R (2) FF printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy, where a is an integer of 2 or 3, R5 and R6 are low-carbon alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different. 3. The fluorinating agent according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by chemical formula (2) is 2,2-difluoro-1,3-dimethylimidazolidine represented by chemical formula (3) : H3 C—NN—C H3X (3) FF 4 · As the fluorinating agent in the second item of the scope of patent application, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (2) is 2,2 represented by the chemical formula (4) Difluoro-1,3 -dibutyl paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 (4) VI. Application scope of patents: imidazole η-H 9C 4 —NN —C 4H 9-η XFF 5. The fluorinating agent according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the fluorinating agent represented by chemical formula (i) is a fluorinating agent. Bis-dimethylaminodifluoromethane represented by formula (6) ... (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) H3C C Η \ ν Ν <H3c / χ c Η (6) F Intellectual property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau ’s Consumer Cooperatives 6. If the fluorinating agent in the scope of patent application No. 1 is applied, the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) is bis-di-n-butylaminodifluoro represented by the chemical formula (7) Methane: F F 7 · —種製備以化學式(8 - 1 )表示之氟化合物之方法: Rn-F (S-1) 其中Rn爲具有1至8個碳原子之被取代或未被取代烷 基,且其中可包含不飽和基團,其包括使具有醇羥基且以 化學式(S )表示之化合物: Rn-OH (B) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐) 2 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 其中R11係與化學式(S-1)相同,與以申請專利·範®第 項所定義之化學式(1)表示之該氟化劑在溫度範_爲β 4ϋ 至10CTC下反應。 8 · —種製備以化學式(9 - 1 )表示之氟化合物之方法: (F) Vn -C Y^b (9^1) 其中V爲- N02基,b爲1之整數,C爲1之整數’及b + C S 6,其包括使以化學式(9 )表示之酚種類或硫酚種類$化1 合物: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (QH) c (9) 其中Q爲氧或硫原子,及Y1、b及c係與化學式(9 ·1 ) 相同,與以申請專利範圍第1項所定義之化學式(1)表不之 該氟化劑於溫度範圍0至1 5 0 °C下反應。 9 · 一種製備以化學式(1 〇 -1 )表示之氟化合物之方法: R]2 -CHF2 ( 10, 1 ) 其中R12爲具有1至6個碳原子之烷基、或苯基,其包 括使以化學式(1 0 )表示之醛化合物: R12-CH0 (10) 其中R12係與化學式(1 〇 -1 )相同,與以申請專利範圍第1 項所定義之化學式(1 )表示之該氟化劑於溫度範圍0至1 50 °C下反應。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 一 δ、I ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ n ϋ I ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ^1 ·ϋ n ·ϋ ϋ n ϋ ϋ ι ϋ ϋ n n n ϋ I ϋ I 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 1 0 · —種製備以化學式(1卜1 )表示之氟化合物之方法 R,3\c/F R14/ \f (11-1 其中R13及R14爲被取代或未被取代烷基、或被取代或未 被取代苯基,且其可相同或不同;及R13及R14可鍵結而形 成環,其包括使以化學式(11 )表示之酮化合物: R 13 (11 ) :c = 〇 R C請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其中R13及R14係與化學式(11 -1 )相同,與以申請專利範 圍第1項之化學式(1)表示之該氟化劑於溫度範圍〇至15〇 °C下反應。 11· 一種製備以化學式(12-1)表示之酸氟化物之方法: R15-COF (12.1) 其中R15爲苯基,其包括使以化學式(12)表示之羧基化 合物: R15-COOH ( 12) 其中R15係與化學式(丨厂丨)相同,與以申請專利範圍第1 項化學式(1 )表示之該氟化劑於溫度範圍-40至1 001:下反 1 2 · —種製備以化學式(1 3 -1 )表示之氟化合物之方法: (F) d &lt;Yl)b (13-1) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 4 ί ϋ «^1 ϋ ϋ I ^1 ϋ ϋ ϋ ^1 n I n 1&gt; ϋ ^1 &gt;1 ϋ ^1 I I ϋ ϋ n ϋ ϋ 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 其中Y1爲硝基,b及d爲1至5之整數,及b + d彡6,其 包括使包含除氟外之鹵原子且以化學式(〗3 )表示之芳族化 合物: (X i) d -(YOb (13) 其中X!爲除氟外之國原子,及γ〗、b及d係與化學式(1 3 -1 ) 相同’與以申請專利範圍第1項之化學式(丨)表示之該氟化 劑於溫度範圍〇至150°C反應。 1 3 · —種製傭以化學式(25 )表示之含氟烯烴化合物之方 法: R1 R ------------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) )C: (25) R Z 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其中R15至R17爲氫原子或具有丨至3個碳原子之低碳烷 基,且其可相同或不同:及Z爲- (Y)n-CHF2或-(Y)n-CH2F, 其中Y爲-CH2-及η爲〇或1至5之整數,其包括使以申請 專利範圍第1項之化學式(丨)表示之氟化劑與以化學式(24) 表示之絲烴化合物於溫度範圍〇至15〇 下反應 R丨5 R1 6 (24) 訂---------線· X 其中R15至爲氫原子或具有1至3個碳原子之低碳烷 基’且其可相同或不同··及X爲_(Y)n_CH〇或_(Y)n_CH2〇H, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 X 297公爱) Αδ B8 C8 D8FF 7 · A method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (8-1): Rn-F (S-1) wherein Rn is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and wherein May contain unsaturated groups, including compounds that have an alcoholic hydroxyl group and are represented by the chemical formula (S): Rn-OH (B) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 × 297 mm) 2 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application Among them, R11 is the same as the chemical formula (S-1), and the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) defined in the item of the patent application · Fan ® is in the temperature range _ is β Reaction at 4ϋ to 10CTC. 8 · A method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (9-1): (F) Vn -CY ^ b (9 ^ 1) where V is -N02 group, b is an integer of 1, and C is an integer of 1 'And b + CS 6, which includes a compound of phenol or thiophenol represented by chemical formula (9): (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) · Consumption by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by a cooperative (QH) c (9) where Q is an oxygen or sulfur atom, and Y1, b, and c are the same as the chemical formula (9 · 1), and are the same as the chemical formula (1) defined in item 1 of the scope of patent application Otherwise, the fluorinating agent is reacted in a temperature range of 0 to 150 ° C. 9. A method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (10-1): R] 2 -CHF2 (10, 1) wherein R12 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, which includes the following: An aldehyde compound represented by the chemical formula (1 0): R12-CH0 (10) where R12 is the same as the chemical formula (10-1), and the fluorination is represented by the chemical formula (1) defined in item 1 of the scope of patent application. The agent reacts at a temperature range of 0 to 1 50 ° C. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)-δ, I ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ n ϋ I ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ^ 1 · ϋ n · ϋ ϋ n ϋ ϋ ι ϋ ϋ nnn ϋ I ϋ I 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 Patent application scope 1 0 · A method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by the chemical formula (1b 1) R, 3 \ c / F R14 / \ f (11-1 where R13 and R14 are A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, and they may be the same or different; and R13 and R14 may be bonded to form a ring, which includes a ketone compound represented by the chemical formula (11): R 13 (11): c = 〇RC Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page} Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, where R13 and R14 are the same as the chemical formula (11 -1) The fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) in item 1 of the patent range is reacted at a temperature range of 0 to 15 ° C. 11. A method for preparing an acid fluoride represented by the chemical formula (12-1): R15-COF (12.1) wherein R15 is a phenyl group, which includes a carboxy compound represented by the chemical formula (12): R15-COOH (12 ) Among them, R15 is the same as the chemical formula (丨 factory 丨), and the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (1) of the first patent application range is -40 to 1 001 in the temperature range: the reverse is 1 2 (1 3 -1) Fluorine compound method: (F) d &lt; Yl) b (13-1) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) 4 ί ϋ « ^ 1 ϋ ϋ I ^ 1 ϋ ϋ ϋ ^ 1 n I n 1 &gt; ϋ ^ 1 &gt; 1 ϋ ^ 1 II ϋ ϋ n ϋ ϋ 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8, where Y1 is nitro, b and d Is an integer of 1 to 5, and b + d 彡 6, which includes an aromatic compound containing a halogen atom other than fluorine and represented by the chemical formula (〗 3): (X i) d-(YOb (13) where X ! Is a national atom other than fluorine, and γ〗, b, and d are the same as the chemical formula (1 3 -1) 'and the fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (丨) in the first patent application range is in the temperature range. Reaction to 150 ° C. 1 3 · —A method for making fluorine-containing olefin compounds represented by chemical formula (25): R1 R ------------ (Please read the precautions on the back before Fill out this page)) C: (25 ) RZ Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs where R15 to R17 are hydrogen atoms or low-carbon alkyl groups with 丨 to 3 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different: and Z is-(Y) n-CHF2 Or-(Y) n-CH2F, where Y is -CH2- and η is an integer of 0 or 1 to 5, which includes a fluorinating agent represented by the chemical formula (丨) in the first patent application range and a chemical formula ( 24) The silk hydrocarbon compound represented by the reaction at a temperature range of 0 to 15 R 5 5 R 1 6 (24) Order --------- line X where R 15 to is a hydrogen atom or has 1 to 3 carbons Atomic low-carbon alkyl 'and it may be the same or different ... and X is _ (Y) n_CH〇 or _ (Y) n_CH2〇H, this paper size applies Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210 X 297 public) Love) Αδ B8 C8 D8 (3) 申請專利範圍 其中γ爲,2-及η爲〇或i至5之整數。 14. 如申請專利範圍第7至13項中任一項之方法,其中 該氟化劑係以如申請專利範圍第2項之化學式(2 )表示。 15. —種以化學式(2)表示之化合物: (c H 2)a, 'N\R6 (2) F p 其中a爲2或3之整數,R5及R6爲具有i至4個碳原子 之低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同。 1 6 ·如申㈤專利範圍第1 5項之化合物,其係以化學式(3 ) 表不之2, 2 -一氟_ι,3·二甲基咪唑啶: H3 C—N N—C Η 3 X F F 17·如申請專利範圍第15項之化合物,其係以化學式(4) 表示之2, 2 -二氟- i,3_二-正丁基咪唑啶: -------------ΙΑ__^________ 訂---------線丨 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 一N N—C 4 H9 —η F F (4) 18.—種製備如申請專利範圍第丨項之以化學式(i)表示 之氟化劑之方法,其包括使以化學式(丨4 )表示之化合物:,R 3 R R .、+ / N \ \R 4 (14) I χ2· ΧΓ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 6 530050 ! A8 1 1 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 其中xa及X3爲氯或漠原子’…至V爲具有1至4個碳 原子之低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同;或…及RS可鍵結 而形成包括氮原子之環’與以化學式(14)化合物量計爲2 至5 g里’氟原于之驗金屬鹽在惰性溶劑中於溫度範圍 -20至150°C下進行鹵素交換反應 19· 一種以化學式(1 5 )表示之_化齊|j : .R 3 (15) R R )N^+^N I X 4 X5 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) f 其中X4及爲鹵原子,且除了 L及x5兩者皆爲氟原子、 氯原子或溴原子之外’其可爲相同或不同;R1至R4爲具有 1至4個碳原子之低碳院基,且其可相同或不同;或…及 R3可鍵結而形成包括氮原子之環。 20_如申請專利範圍第19項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 5 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(丨6 )表示: N\R χ4 Χ5- 其中X4及X5爲_原于’且除j X4及Χ5兩者皆爲氟原子、 氯原子或溴原子之外,其可爲相同或不同;a爲2或3之 整數,R5及R6爲具有1至4個碳原子之低碳烷基,且其可 相同或不同。 21 ·如申請專利範圍第20項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 本紙張尺度適用中國ϋ標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 一:口、a 1 n I I I I ϋ I I ϋ ϋ ϋ n n l I Bn κ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ·ϋ &lt; (C Η 2); R 6/(3) Scope of patent application where γ is 2- and η is 0 or an integer of i to 5. 14. The method as claimed in any one of claims 7 to 13, wherein the fluorinating agent is represented by the chemical formula (2) as described in claim 2. 15. — A compound represented by the chemical formula (2): (c H 2) a, 'N \ R6 (2) F p where a is an integer of 2 or 3, and R5 and R6 are those having i to 4 carbon atoms. Lower alkyl, and they may be the same or different. 16 · The compound of the 15th item in the scope of the patent application, which is represented by the chemical formula (3) 2, 2, 1-fluoro-, 3, dimethyl imidazolidine: H3 C-NN-C Η 3 XFF 17 · If the compound in the scope of the patent application No. 15 is 2,2-difluoro-i, 3-di-n-butylimidazolidine represented by the chemical formula (4): --------- ---- ΙΑ __ ^ ________ Order --------- line 丨 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by NN—C 4 H9 —η FF (4) 18. A method for preparing a fluorinating agent represented by chemical formula (i) as described in item 丨 of the patent application scope, which comprises using a compound represented by chemical formula (丨 4):, R 3 RR., + / N \ \ R 4 (14) I χ2 · χΓ The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 6 530050! A8 1 1 B8 C8 D8 6. The scope of patent application including xa and X3 Is a chlorine or desert atom '... to V are a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different; or ... and RS may be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom' and the chemical formula (14 ) Compound The scale is 2 to 5 g. The metal salt of the fluorogen is tested in a inert solvent at a temperature range of -20 to 150 ° C. The halogen exchange reaction is performed. 19 · A chemical formula (1 5) _Chemistry | j : .R 3 (15) RR) N ^ + ^ NIX 4 X5 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) f where X4 and X are halogen atoms, and both L and x5 are fluorine atoms and chlorine Other than an atom or a bromine atom 'which may be the same or different; R1 to R4 are low-carbon radicals having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and which may be the same or different; or ... and R3 may be bonded to form a nitrogen atom Ring. 20_ If the halogenating agent of item 19 in the scope of the application for a patent, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 5) is represented by the chemical formula (丨 6): N \ R χ4 χ5- where X4 and X5 are _original 'and Except that j X4 and X5 are both fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, they may be the same or different; a is an integer of 2 or 3, and R5 and R6 are low-carbon alkane having 1 to 4 carbon atoms And they can be the same or different. 21 · If the halogenating agent in item 20 of the scope of patent application, the chemical formula of this paper applies the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 1: mouth, a 1 n IIII ϋ II ϋ ϋ ϋ nnl I Bn κ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ ϋ · ϋ &lt; (C Η 2); R 6 / 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (16) 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (16) 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (16)表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(U)表示之基j 甲基咪唑啉錄=鹵化物: χ4 X (17) 其中λ%及X5爲鹵原子,且除了 L及χ5皆爲氟原子、氯 原子或溴原子之外,其可相同或不同。 22 ·如申請專利範圍第2〇項之_化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 6 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式U 8 )表示之2…氟·〗.3 _二甲 基咪唑啉錄=氯化物: H3 C—Ν .-; N—C Η (18) F C 2 3 .如申請專利範圍第2 0項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 6 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(1 9 )表示之2 -氟-1,3 -二甲 基咪唑啉錄=溴化物: --------------------訂---------線 IAWI (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 H3 C—N · + ; N—C Η r F B r _ 19) 24 .如申請專利範圍第20項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 6 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(20 )表示之2 -氟-1 , 3 -二甲 基咪唑啉錄==碘化物: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 8 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 Η 3 c—Ν + . Ν—C Η τ F I - (20) 2 5 .如申請專利範圍第20項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 6 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(2 1 )表示之2 -氯-1 4 3 -二甲 基咪唑啉鑰=溴化物: Η 3 C—Ν +. Ν—C H a C 1 B r- 26 .如申請專利範圍第20項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 6 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(2 2 )表示之2 -氯-1,3 -二甲 基咪唑啉讎=碘化物: (21 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Η 3 C —N . ; Ν 一 C Η 3 (22) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 C 1 27 .如申請專利範圍第20項之鹵化劑,其中該以化學式 (1 6 )表示之鹵化劑係以化學式(2 3 )表示之2 -碘-1,3 -二甲 基咪唑啉錄=碘化物: Η 3 C—Ν ; Ν—C Η 3 (23) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規袼(210 X 297公釐) 9 530050 ) A8 1 ' B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 28.—種製備如申請專利範圍第19項所定義之化學式 (15)表示之鹵化劑之方法,其包括使以化學式(14)表示之 化合物= Rl\ /R3 R2/ 卞 \R4 (14) X 2 X a- 其中X2、λ%及R1至R4係與如申請專利範圍第1 8項所定 義者相同’與以化學式(14)之化合物之童計爲2至5當童 之氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子之鹼金屬鹽或其混合 物在惰性溶劑中於溫度範圍-20至150°C下進行鹵素交換 反m。 29·—種製備以化學式&lt;8-2)表示之鹵素化合物之方法: Rn-X5 (8-2) 其中Ru爲具有1至8個碳原子之烷基,且其中可包含 不飽和基團,及X5爲鹵原子,其包括使以化學式(8)表示 之醇羥基化合物: RM-〇H (8) 其中R&quot;係與化學式(8 - 2 )相同,與以化學式(1 5 )表示之 以上的鹵化劑於溫度範圍-40至1 〇〇 t下反應: R1 R3 &gt;Ν·、+,Ν 八 R 2 / \ R 4 (15) I X 4 X 5 - 其中Χ4、Χ5係與申請專利範圍第i 9項所定義者相同。 30·—種製備以化學式(12-2)表示之酸鹵化物種類之方 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 — — — — — — I— 11111111 ---I - — II - — II - I--II___ __ 10 530050 1 A8 ; * B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 法: R15-COX6 (12-2) 其中R15爲苯基,及χ6爲以申請專利範圍第19項之化學 式(1 5)中之Χ4或Χ5表示之鹵原子,其包括使以化學式(1 2) 表示之羧酸化合物: R15-COOH (12) 其中R15係與化學式(12-2)相同,與以化學式&lt;15 )表示 之鹵化劑於溫度範圍-40至100 °C下反應: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .t6. The halogenating agent represented by the scope of the patent application (16) is a group represented by the chemical formula (U) j methyl imidazoline = halide: χ4 X (17) where λ% and X5 are halogen atoms, except for L and χ5 They are all except fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, which may be the same or different. 22 · If the _ chemical agent in the scope of the application for patent No. 20, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (16) is 2 ... fluorine represented by the chemical formula U 8). 3 _ dimethyl imidazoline = Chloride: H3 C—N .-; N—C Η (18) FC 2 3. The halogenating agent according to item 20 of the patent application scope, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 6) is represented by the chemical formula (1 9) Representing 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethylimidazoline = bromide: -------------------- Order ------- --Line IAWI (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by H3 C—N · +; N—C Η r FB r _ 19) of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 24. If the scope of patent application The halogenating agent according to item 20, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (16) is 2-fluoro-1, 3-dimethylimidazolium represented by the chemical formula (20) == iodide: This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 8 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope Η 3 c—N +. Ν—C Η τ FI-(20) 2 5. The halogenating agent of item 20, wherein the chemical formula (1 6) The halogenating agent is 2-chloro-1 4 3 -dimethylimidazoline key = bromide represented by the chemical formula (2 1): Η 3 C—N +. Ν—CH a C 1 B r- 26 The halogenating agent according to item 20 of the application, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (16) is 2-chloro-1,3-dimethylimidazoline 雠 = iodide represented by the chemical formula (2 2) : (21) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Η 3 C —N.; Ν 一 C Η 3 (22) Printed by C1 27 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The halogenating agent according to item 20, wherein the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 6) is 2-iodine-1,3-dimethylimidazoline recorded by the chemical formula (2 3) = iodide: Η 3 C— Ν; Ν—C Η 3 (23) This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Regulation (210 X 297 mm) 9 530050) A8 1 'B8 C8 D8 Six. Application for patent scope 28.—kind of preparation such as Method for applying halogenating agent represented by chemical formula (15) as defined in item 19 of the scope of patent application, which comprises making a compound represented by chemical formula (14) = Rl \ / R3 R2 / 2 / \ R4 (14) X 2 X a- in which X2, λ% and R1 to R4 are the same as those defined in item 18 of the scope of the patent application, and the fluorine atom and chlorine of 2 to 5 children are the same as those of the compound of formula (14) The alkali metal salt of the atom, bromine atom or iodine atom or a mixture thereof is subjected to halogen exchange reaction in an inert solvent at a temperature range of -20 to 150 ° C. 29 · —A method for preparing a halogen compound represented by the chemical formula &lt; 8-2): Rn-X5 (8-2) wherein Ru is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an unsaturated group may be contained therein And X5 is a halogen atom, which includes an alcoholic hydroxy compound represented by the chemical formula (8): RM-OH (8) wherein R &quot; is the same as the chemical formula (8-2), and is represented by the chemical formula (1 5) The above halogenating agents are reacted at a temperature range of -40 to 100 t: R1 R3 &gt; N ·, +, N Eight R 2 / \ R 4 (15) IX 4 X 5-Among them, X4 and X5 are related to the patent application It is the same as defined in item i 9 of the scope. 30 · —A method for preparing acid halide species represented by chemical formula (12-2) The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs — — — — — — I— 11111111 --- I-— II-— II-I--II ___ __ 10 530050 1 A8; * B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent Application Range method: R15-COX6 (12-2) where R15 is a phenyl group, and χ6 is a halogen atom represented by X4 or X5 in the chemical formula (1 5) of item 19 of the patent application scope, which includes using the chemical formula (1 2) A carboxylic acid compound represented by: R15-COOH (12) wherein R15 is the same as the chemical formula (12-2), and reacts with a halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula &lt; 15) at a temperature range of -40 to 100 ° C: ( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page.) I X4 Χ&amp;· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其中Χ4、Χ5及R1至R4係與申請專利範圍第19項所定義 者相同。 31·—種製備以化學弍(10_2)表示之氟化合物之方法: Rl2-CH(X7)2 (10-2) 其中R12爲苯基’及x7爲以申請專利範圍第19項之化學 式(1 5)中之X4或X5表示之鹵原子,及兩χ7不同時相同, 其包括使以化學式(10)表示之醛化合物·· r&quot;-CHO (10) 其中Rl2係與化學式(10-2)相同,與以化學式(15)表示 之鹵化劑於溫度範圍爲〇至1 50°C下反應: R1、 .R3 .、+ , N ( R 2/ XR 4 (15) I X 4 X5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 11 » n m 1» _ϋ 1§ in I aMf I ^^1 i^i ϋ· Ian i.···· n 1^1 ·ϋ 1 i n ter II ϋ I 530050 , , &gt; A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 其中X4、Xs及R1至R4係與申請專利範圍第1 9項所定義 者相同。 32·—種製備如申請專利範圍第28至3〇項中任一項之鹵 素化合物之方法,其中該鹵化劑係以化學式(1 7 )表示 Η α C —N .. ; N —C H 3 -r .X·. x5 (17) 其中X4及X5爲鹵素原子,除了 /\4及X5兩者皆爲氟原子、 氯原子或溴原子外,其可爲相同或相異0 3 3 · —種以化學式(1 5 )表示之化合物·· R 1 N &gt;Ν·、+〆]^ R 2/ \R 4 (15) I X 4 X5' 其中X4及X5爲_原子,且除了 X4&amp;X5皆爲氟原子、氯 原子或溴原子之外,其可相同或不同:1^1及R4爲具有1至 4個碳原子之低碳烷基,其可相同或不同:或…及R3可鍵 結而形成包括氮原子或氮原子及其他雜原子之環。 •3 4· —^種以化學式(1 6 )表Tpc之化合物: (C Η 2)I X4 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy, where X4, X5 and R1 to R4 are the same as those defined in item 19 of the scope of patent application. 31 · —A method for preparing a fluorine compound represented by chemical fluorene (10_2): Rl2-CH (X7) 2 (10-2) wherein R12 is phenyl 'and x7 is the chemical formula (1) in the 19th scope of the patent application The halogen atom represented by X4 or X5 in 5) is not the same as two x7, and it includes the aldehyde compound represented by the chemical formula (10). R &quot; -CHO (10) where R12 is the same as the chemical formula (10-2) It is the same as the halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (15) at a temperature range of 0 to 150 ° C: R1, .R3., +, N (R 2 / XR 4 (15) IX 4 X5- this paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) 11 »nm 1» _ϋ 1§ in I aMf I ^^ 1 i ^ i ϋ · Ian i. ···· n 1 ^ 1 · ϋ 1 in ter II ϋ I 530050,, &gt; A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. The scope of patent application where X4, Xs and R1 to R4 are the same as those defined in item 19 of the scope of patent application 32 · —A method for preparing a halogen compound according to any one of claims 28 to 30 in the patent application range, wherein the halogenating agent is represented by chemical formula (1 7) Η α C —N .. N —CH 3 -r .X ·. X5 (17) where X4 and X5 are halogen atoms, except that / \ 4 and X5 are both fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, which may be the same or different. 0 3 3 · —a compound represented by the chemical formula (1 5) ·· R 1 N &gt; N ·, + 〆] ^ R 2 / \ R 4 (15) IX 4 X5 'where X4 and X5 are _ atoms, and Except X4 &amp; X5 are all fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom, they may be the same or different: 1 ^ 1 and R4 are lower alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different: or ... And R3 can be bonded to form a ring including a nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom and other heteroatoms. • 3 4 · — ^ compounds of the formula Tpc represented by the chemical formula (1 6): (C Η 2) \R 6 (16) X 4 X Γ 其中除了 X4及X5皆爲氟原子、氯原子或漠原子之外,X, 及X5爲相同或不同的鹵原子,a爲2或3之整數,V及&amp; 爲具有1至4個碳原子之低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 12 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 530050 ) A8 ί * Β8 C8 D8六、申請專利範圍 3 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 9項之鹵化劑,其中該鹵化劑係 以化學式(1 7 )表示之2 - _基-1,3 -二甲基咪唑啉錄=鹵化 物: Η 3 C —Ν , + ; Ν 一C Η 3 (17) X 4 X 5 其中Χ4、Χ5係與以上相同。 3 6 . —種以化學式(1 8 )表示之化合物 咪唑啉錄=氯化物: 2 -氟-1,3 -二甲基 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Η 3 C 一Ν +.Ν —CH r F C 1 - (IS) 3 7 * —種以化學式(1 9 )表示之化合物,2.-氟-1,3 -二甲基 咪唑啉録=溴化物: (19) F B r 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 3 8.—種以化學式(20)表示之化合物,2-氟-1,3 -二甲基 咪π坐啉錄=碘化物: H3 C-N N—CH3 (20) F 39 · —種以化學式(21 )表示之化合物,2-氯-1 /3 -二甲基 咪唑啉鏠=溴化物: — · ·ϋ I i ί n I 一 ον I m n ϋ i^i ϋ 1· ϋ I i^i n ϋ ϋ κ ϋ la ϋ BmMm ϋ ϋ n —^1 ϋ i ϋ —i I I ·ϋ m &gt;1 i 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 13 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 Η 3 C-N + . Ν—C Η Cl Br- (21 ) 40·—種以化學式(22)表示之化合物,2-氯-1,3 咪唑啉鎗=碘化物: H3 C-N +. N—C Η r . c 1 1 (22) 41·一種以化學式(23)表示之化合物,2-碘-1,3·二甲基 咪唑啉錄=碘化物: Η 3 C 一Ν . + · Ν ——C Ηr,·. (23) 42 * —種製備以化學式(1 5 )表示之鹵化劑之方法 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Rl\ /R3 R2/ XR 4 I X 4 x5一 (15) 其中X4及Xs爲鹵原子,且除了 X4及x5皆爲氟原子、氯 原子或溴原子之外1其可相同或不同;R1及R4爲具有1至 4個碳原子之低碳烷基,且其可相同或不同:或及R3 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 14 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 可鍵結而形成包括氮原子環,其包括使以化學式(1 )表示之 化合物: R 1 R &gt;N N&lt;^X \R F F (1) 其中R1至R4係與以上相同,與氯、溴或碘原子之鹼金 屬鹽在情性溶劑之存在下於溫度範圍-20至1 50°C.下進行 鹵素交換反應。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 t------- —訂---------線I ----------------------- 15 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)\ R 6 (16) X 4 X Γ except that X4 and X5 are both fluorine, chlorine or desert atoms, X, and X5 are the same or different halogen atoms, a is an integer of 2 or 3, V and &amp; is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and it may be the same or different. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 12 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 530050) A8 ί * Β8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope 3 5. The halogenating agent in the scope of application for item 19, wherein the halogenating agent is a 2- -yl-1,3-dimethylimidazoline represented by the chemical formula (1 7) = halide: Η 3 C —N, + ; Ν—C Η 3 (17) X 4 X 5 where X4 and X5 are the same as above. 3 6. — A compound represented by the chemical formula (1 8) Imidazoline = chloride: 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethyl (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Η 3 C Ν + .N —CH r FC 1-(IS) 3 7 * —A compound represented by the chemical formula (1 9), 2.-Fluoro-1,3-dimethylimidazoline = bromide: (19) FB r Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 3 8.—A compound represented by the chemical formula (20), 2-fluoro-1,3-dimethylimide π sitting morpholine = iodide: H3 CN N—CH3 (20) F 39 · — A compound represented by the chemical formula (21), 2-chloro-1 / 3 -dimethylimidazoline 鏠 = bromide: — · ϋϋ i i ί n I ον I mn ϋ i ^ i ϋ 1 · ϋ I i ^ in ϋ κ κ ϋ la ϋ BmMm ϋ ϋ n — ^ 1 ϋ i ϋ —i II · ϋ m &gt; 1 i This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 13 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Application scope Η 3 CN +. Ν—C Η Cl Br- (21) 40 · —A compound represented by the chemical formula (22), 2-chloro-1, 3 Imidazoline gun = Iodide: H3 CN +. N—C Η r c 1 1 (22) 41 · A compound represented by the chemical formula (23), 2-iodo-1,3 · dimethylimidazolium = iodide: Η 3 C -N. + · Ν ——C Ηr (23) 42 * —A method for preparing a halogenating agent represented by the chemical formula (1 5) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by Rl \ / R3 from the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs R2 / XR 4 IX 4 x5 a (15) where X4 and Xs are halogen atoms, and except that X4 and x5 are each a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom 1 which may be the same or different; R1 and R4 are those having 1 to Low-carbon alkyl group with 4 carbon atoms, and they can be the same or different: or R3 This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 14 530050 A8 B8 C8 D8 Bonding to form a ring including a nitrogen atom, which includes a compound represented by the formula (1): R 1 R &gt; N N &lt; ^ X \ RFF (1) wherein R1 to R4 are the same as above, and are the same as those of chlorine, bromine or The alkali metal salt of an iodine atom is subjected to a halogen exchange reaction in the presence of a solvent at a temperature range of -20 to 150 ° C. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs t ------- --Order --------- Line I ------ ----------------- 15 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
TW87112857A 1997-08-06 1998-08-03 Halogenating agents, preparation process of said halogenating agents and process for preparing halogen compounds with said halogenating agents TW530050B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP21202497 1997-08-06
JP23263397 1997-08-28
JP24518297 1997-09-10
JP24518397 1997-09-10
JP24518197 1997-09-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW530050B true TW530050B (en) 2003-05-01

Family

ID=28795275

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW87112857A TW530050B (en) 1997-08-06 1998-08-03 Halogenating agents, preparation process of said halogenating agents and process for preparing halogen compounds with said halogenating agents

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW530050B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114716296A (en) * 2022-03-25 2022-07-08 北京大学 Efficient halogenation synthesis method of alkyl halide

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114716296A (en) * 2022-03-25 2022-07-08 北京大学 Efficient halogenation synthesis method of alkyl halide
CN114716296B (en) * 2022-03-25 2023-12-12 润药仁智(北京)科技有限公司 Efficient halogenation synthesis method of alkyl halide

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100360295B1 (en) Halogenating agents and preparation process thereof
Wang et al. Direct C–H multifluoroarylation of ethers through hydrogen atom transfer using photoredox catalysis
ES2687950T3 (en) Improved procedure to prepare biphenylanilides and chlorinated biphenylanilines
JP2000038370A (en) Novel fluorinating agent, its production and use
Hiwatari et al. Selective oxidative carbonylation of amines to oxamides and ureas catalyzed by palladium complexes
TW530050B (en) Halogenating agents, preparation process of said halogenating agents and process for preparing halogen compounds with said halogenating agents
Mulryan et al. Au (I) Catalyzed HF Transfer: Tandem Alkyne Hydrofluorination and Perfluoroarene Functionalization
Yan et al. Ruthenium-catalyzed C–H allylation of arenes with allylic amines
Pozzi et al. Fluorous phase transfer catalysts: From onium salts to crown ethers
Overberger et al. Azo Compounds. 1 A Re-examination of the Structure of the Product from the Reaction of Heptane-2, 6-dione with Hydrazine Sulfate and Sodium Cyanide in Dilute Solution
Sekiya et al. Reaction of N-chloro-N-fluoroperhaloalkylamines with mercury. Facile synthesis of N-fluoro imines and N-fluoro amines
JPS59118780A (en) Preparation of furfuryl alcohols
Belina et al. Preparation and Characterization of Pentafluoro‐λ6‐sulfanyldifluoromethane and Pentafluoro‐λ6‐sulfanyl‐1, 1, 2, 2‐tetrafluoroethane
KR870000981B1 (en) Process for production of -haloalkylamides
JP3296519B2 (en) Method for producing halogenated aromatic compounds
Olah et al. Palladium‐Catalyzed Reduction of Multiple Bonds with Mg/CH3OH
Zarantonello et al. Synthesis and characterisation of 3-and 4-(pentafluorosulfanyl) benzoic acid derivatives: X-ray structure of 3–SF5–C6H4–COOH
JP3730422B2 (en) New halogenating agents and their production and use
JP4551533B2 (en) Novel fluorinating agent and method for producing fluorine-containing compound
JP3221139B2 (en) Bis-squarylium compounds
HORIO et al. A synthesis of 14C-labeled sodium 2-[o-[(2, 6-dichlorophenyl)-amino] phenyl] acetate ([14C] diclofenac sodium)
JP2662462B2 (en) Method for producing biaryl
JPS5962551A (en) Preparation of dinitrophenyl ethers
JP2738042B2 (en) Method for producing 3,3-dichloro-1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoropropane
Subramanian et al. STUDIES ON THE CONFORMATIONS OF 4-N, N-DIMETHYLAMINOTHIANES AND THE CORRESPONDING METHIODIDES. EVIDENCE FROM A SINGLE CRYSTAL X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS THAT A TWIST-BOAT CONFORMER EXISTS IN THE SOLID STATE FOR TRIMETHYL-[2, 2-DIMETHYL-trans− 6-PHENYLTHIAN-r-4-YL]-AMMONIUM IODIDE

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees